Document:

2020.06.11 Ex 10.1 Stock Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.1
ENDO INTERNATIONAL PLC 
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
		
	1.
	Establishment and Purpose. 

The purpose of the Endo International plc Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated June 11, 2020 (the “Plan”), is to promote the interests of the Company and the shareholders of the Company by providing directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company with appropriate incentives and rewards to encourage them to enter into and continue in the employ or service of the Company, to acquire a proprietary interest in the long-term success of the Company and to reward the performance of individuals in fulfilling long-term corporate objectives. Section references are to sections of the Plan unless otherwise stated. 
		
	2.
	Administration of the Plan.

(a)    The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board of Directors. The Committee shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, subject to and not inconsistent with the express terms and provisions of the Plan, to administer the Plan and to exercise all the powers and authorities either specifically granted to it under the Plan or necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan, including, without limitation, the authority to grant Awards; to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which Awards shall be granted; to determine the type and number of Awards to be granted (including whether an Option granted is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option); to determine the number of shares of Company Stock to which an Award may relate and the terms, conditions, restrictions and performance criteria, if any, relating to any Award; to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled, cancelled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered; to make adjustments in the performance goals that may be required for any Award in recognition of extraordinary events affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or in response to changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles (in each case, to the extent not inconsistent with Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards); to construe and interpret the Plan and any Award; to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of Agreements; and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.
(b)    The Committee may, in its absolute discretion, without amendment to the Plan, (i) accelerate the date on which any Option granted under the Plan becomes exercisable, waive or amend the operation of Plan provisions respecting exercise after termination of service 

1

or otherwise adjust any of the terms of such Option, and (ii) accelerate the vesting date, or waive any condition imposed hereunder, with respect to any share of Restricted Stock, or other Award or otherwise adjust any of the terms applicable to any such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to adjustments for changes in capitalization pursuant to Section 4(d), neither the Board of Directors, the Committee nor their respective delegates shall have the authority, without first obtaining the approval of the Company’s shareholders, to (x) re-price (or cancel and/or re-grant) any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or, if applicable, other Award at a lower exercise, base or purchase price, (y) cancel underwater Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash or (z) grant an Option in consideration for, or conditioned on, the delivery of Company Stock to the Company in payment of the exercise price and/or the withholding taxes of an Award. For purposes of this Section 2(b), Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will be deemed to be “underwater” at any time when the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock is less than the exercise price of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
(c)    Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Plan to the contrary, any dividend or dividend equivalent Award issued under the Plan shall be subject to the same restrictions, conditions and risks of forfeiture as apply to the underlying Award.
(d)    Except with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards and except as required by Rule 16b-3 with respect to grants of Awards to individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act (or as otherwise required for compliance with Rule 16b-3 or other applicable law), the Committee may delegate all or any part of its authority under the Plan to an employee, employees or committee of employees.
(e)    All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Committee or the Board of Directors (and their delegates) shall be final and binding on all persons with any interest in an Award, including the Company and the Participant (or any person claiming any rights under the Plan from or through any Participant). No member of the Committee or the Board of Directors (nor their delegates) shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.
(f)    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which Participants are located, or in order to comply with the requirements of any non-U.S. stock exchange, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which Participants outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to Participants outside the United States to comply with applicable non-U.S. laws or listing requirements of any such non-U.S. stock exchange; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or 

2

modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 4; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such non-U.S. stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other securities law or governing statute or any other applicable law.
		
	3.
	Definitions.

(a)    “Agreement” shall mean the written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing an Award.
(b)    “Annual Incentive Award” shall mean an Award described in Section 6(g) that is based upon a period of one year or less.
(c)    “Award” shall mean any Option, Restricted Stock, Stock Bonus award, Stock Appreciation Right, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.
(d)     “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e)    “Cause” shall mean a termination of a Participant’s service to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries due to (i) the continued failure by such Participant to use good faith efforts in the performance of such Participant’s duties with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any such failure resulting from Disability, illness or other allowable leave of absence); (ii) the criminal felony indictment (or non-U.S. equivalent) of such Participant by a court of competent jurisdiction; (iii) the engagement by such Participant in misconduct that has caused, or is reasonably likely to cause, material harm (financial or otherwise) to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, (A) the unauthorized disclosure of material secret or confidential information of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) the potential debarment of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency (the “FDA”) or any non-U.S. equivalent, or (C) the possibility that the registration of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration or any successor agency (the “DEA”) could be revoked or an application with the DEA could be denied; (iv) the potential debarment of such Participant by the FDA; (v) the material breach by such Participant of any agreement between such Participant, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand; or (vi) such Participant makes, or is found to have made, a certification relating to the Company’s financial statements and public filings that is known to such Participant to be false. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to any 

3

Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company, Cause shall have the meaning set forth in such employment agreement. 
(f)    A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon the first occurrence of an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs:
(i)    any Person is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company) representing 30% or more of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below; or
(ii)    the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or
(iii)    there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a re-capitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

4

(iv)    the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity at least 75% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by Persons in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code with respect to any Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, a “Change in Control” will have occurred only if, in addition to the requirements set forth above, the event constitutes a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, within the meaning of guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 409A of the Code.
For the avoidance of doubt, any one or more of the above events may be effected pursuant to (A) a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under Chapter 1 of Part 9 of the Companies Act 2014 of the Republic of Ireland or (B) otherwise under Part 9 of the Companies Act 2014 of the Republic of Ireland.
(g)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder. References in the Plan to specific sections of the Code shall be deemed to include any successor provisions thereto.
(h)    “Committee” shall mean, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a committee of the Board of Directors, which shall consist of two or more persons, each of whom, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, (i) with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards, is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and (ii) is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.
(i)    “Company” shall mean Endo International plc, an Irish public limited company, and, where appropriate, each of its Subsidiaries.
(j)    “Company Stock” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company, par value $.0001 per share.
(k)    “Disability” shall mean permanent disability as determined pursuant to the Company’s long-term disability plan or policy, in effect at the time of such disability.

5

(l)    “Effective Date” shall mean the date as of which the Plan, as amended and restated, is adopted by the Board of Directors.
(m)    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
(n)    The “Fair Market Value” of a share of Company Stock, as of a date of determination, shall mean (i) the closing sales price per share of Company Stock on the national securities exchange on which such stock is principally traded on the date of the grant of such Award, or (ii) if the shares of Company Stock are not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange, the closing price as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such stock on such exchange, or (iii) if the shares of Company Stock are not then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market or the value of such shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Committee in good faith upon the advice of a qualified valuation expert. In no event shall the fair market value of any share of Company Stock, the Option exercise price of any Option, the appreciation base per share of Company Stock under any Stock Appreciation Right, or the amount payable per share of Company Stock under any other Award, be less than the par value per share of Company Stock.
(o)    “Full Value Award” shall mean any Award, other than an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, which Award is settled in Stock.
(p)    “Grandfathered Award” shall mean any Performance Award intended to constitute qualified performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and provided pursuant to a written binding contract that was in effect on November 2, 2017, and that was not modified in any material respect on or after such date, within the meaning of Section 13601(e)(2) of P.L. 115-97 (the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act) as may be amended from time to time (including any regulations or further guidance). 
(q)    “Incentive Stock Option” shall mean an Option that is an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, and that is designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.
(r)    “Long Term Incentive Award” shall mean an Award described in Section 6(g) that is based upon a period in excess of one year.
(s)    “Nonemployee Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company.

6

(t)    “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean an Option other than an Incentive Stock Option.
(u)    “Option” shall mean an option to purchase shares of Company Stock granted pursuant to Section 6(b).
(v)    “Other Cash-Based Award” shall mean a right or other interest granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(g) other than an Other Stock-Based Award.
(w)    “Other Stock-Based Award” shall mean a right or other interest granted to a Participant, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Company Stock pursuant to Section 6(g), including but not limited to (i) unrestricted Company Stock awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of performance goals or otherwise as permitted under the Plan, and (ii) a right granted to a Participant to acquire Company Stock from the Company containing terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee.
(x)    “Participant” shall mean an employee, consultant or director of the Company to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan, and, upon the death of the employee, consultant or director, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be.
(y)    “Performance Award” shall mean an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 6(f).
(z)    “Person” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(aa)    “Restricted Stock” shall mean a share of Company Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms of Section 6(e).
(bb)    “Retirement” shall mean, in the case of employees, the termination of service to the Company (other than for Cause) during or after the calendar year in which a Participant has or will reach (i) age 55 with ten years of service with the Company, or (ii) age 60 with five years of service with the Company.
(cc)    “Rule 16b-3” shall mean the Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

7

(dd)    “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
(ee)    “Stock Appreciation Right” shall mean the right, granted to a Participant under Section 6(d), to be paid an amount measured by the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock from the date of grant to the date of exercise of the right, with payment to be made in cash and/or a share of Company Stock, as specified in the Award or determined by the Committee.
(ff)    “Stock Bonus” shall mean a bonus payable in shares of Company Stock granted pursuant to Section 6(e).
(gg)    “Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in section 7 of the Companies Act 2014 of the Republic of Ireland; provided that, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, an entity shall not be treated as a Subsidiary unless it is also an entity in which the Company has a “controlling interest” (as defined in Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii)(E)(1)), either directly or through a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity has a “controlling interest” in another corporation or entity in the chain, as determined by the Committee.
		
	4.
	Stock Subject to the Plan. 

(a)    Shares Available for Awards.
The maximum number of shares of Company Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan (all of which may be granted as Incentive Stock Options or in any other type of Award selected by the Committee) shall be the sum of (in each case, subject to adjustment as provided herein) (i) 7,000,000 shares, (ii) the number of shares reserved but unissued under the Plan as of the date the Plan, as amended and restated, is approved by shareholders, and (iii) the number of shares becoming available for reuse in accordance with Section 4(e) of the Plan following the date the Plan, as amended and restated, is approved by shareholders. Shares reserved under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Company Stock or authorized and issued Company Stock held in the Company’s treasury. The Committee may direct that any stock certificate evidencing shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as may apply to such shares pursuant to the Plan.
(b)    Grandfathered Award Individual Limitation.
To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Grandfathered Awards, the total number of shares of Company Stock subject to such Awards granted to any one Participant during any tax year of the Company shall not exceed one million five hundred 

8

thousand (1,500,000) shares (based on highest levels of performance resulting in maximum payout), subject to adjustment as provided herein.
(c)    Director Limitation.
Subject to adjustment as provided by Section 4(d), the maximum Fair Market Value, as of the grant date, of shares of Company Stock subject to Awards granted to a Nonemployee Director in any consecutive twelve month period will be $750,000.
(d)    Adjustment for Change in Capitalization.
In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Company Stock, or other property), or any other alteration to the capital structure of the Company whether by way of recapitalization, Company Stock split, reverse Company Stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event, makes an adjustment appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants under the Plan, then the Committee shall make such equitable changes or adjustments as it deems necessary or appropriate to any or all of (i) the number and kind of shares of Company Stock which may thereafter be issued in connection with Awards, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Company Stock, securities or other property (including cash) issued or issuable in respect of outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise price, grant price or purchase price relating to any Award, and (iv) the maximum number of shares subject to Awards which may be awarded to any employee during any tax year of the Company; provided that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, any such adjustment shall be made in accordance with Section 424 of the Code; and provided further that no such adjustment shall cause any Award hereunder which is or could be subject to Section 409A of the Code to fail to comply with the requirements of such section; and provided further that in no event shall the per share exercise price of an Option or subscription price per share of an Award be reduced to an amount that is lower than the par value of a share.
(e)    Reuse of Shares. 
Except as set forth below, if any shares subject to an Award are forfeited, cancelled, exchanged or surrendered, or if an Award terminates or expires without a distribution of shares to the Participant, the shares of Company Stock with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, cancellation, exchange, surrender, withholding, termination or expiration, again be available for Awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the exercise of any Award granted in tandem with any other Awards, such related Awards shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of shares of Company Stock as to which the Award is exercised and such number of shares shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan, and upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the number of shares of Company Stock reserved and 

9

available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by the full number of shares of Company Stock with respect to which such award is being exercised. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the shares of Company Stock surrendered or withheld as payment of either the exercise price of an Option (including shares of Company Stock otherwise underlying an Award of a Stock Appreciation Right that are retained by the Company to account for the appreciation base of such Stock Appreciation Right) and/or withholding taxes in respect of an Award shall no longer be available for Awards under the Plan.
		
	5.
	Eligibility.

The persons who shall be eligible to receive Awards pursuant to the Plan shall be the individuals the Committee shall select from time to time, who are employees (including officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether or not they are directors of the Company or its Subsidiaries), Nonemployee Directors, and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or its Subsidiaries.
		
	6.
	Awards Under the Plan.

(a)    Agreement.
The Committee may grant Awards in such amounts and with such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. Each Award granted under the Plan (except an unconditional Stock Bonus) shall be evidenced by an Agreement as the Committee may in its sole discretion deem necessary or desirable and unless the Committee determines otherwise, such Agreement must be signed, acknowledged and returned by the Participant to the Company. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, any failure by the Participant to sign and return the Agreement within such period of time following the granting of the Award as the Committee shall prescribe shall cause such Award to the Participant to be null and void. By accepting an Award or other benefits under the Plan (including participation in the Plan), each Participant shall be conclusively deemed to have indicated acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, all provisions of the Plan and the Agreement.
(b)    Stock Options. 
(i)    Grant of Stock Options. The Committee may grant Options under the Plan to purchase shares of Company Stock in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time determine in its sole discretion, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. The exercise price of the share purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the 

10

Committee, but in no event shall the exercise price be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the grant date of such Option. The date as of which the Committee adopts a resolution granting an Option shall be considered the day on which such Option is granted unless such resolution specifies a later date.
(ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting condition for any Option (other than Options excluded from the minimum vesting requirement as set forth in Section 6(j)) relates exclusively to the passage of time and continued employment, such time period shall not be less than 36 months, with no more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Award vesting every 12 months from the date of the Award, subject to Sections 7 and 8. If the vesting condition for any Option, relates to the attainment of specified Performance Goals, such Option shall vest over a performance period of not less than one (1) year, subject to Sections 7 and 8.
(iii)    Each Option shall be clearly identified in the applicable Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option and shall state the number of shares of Company Stock to which the Option (and/or each type of Option) relates.
(c)    Special Requirements for Incentive Stock Options.
(i)    To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares of Company Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under the Plan and any other stock option plan of the Company shall exceed $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. Such Fair Market Value shall be determined as of the date on which each such Incentive Stock Option is granted.
(ii)     No Incentive Stock Option may be granted to an individual if, at the time of the proposed grant, such individual owns (or is deemed to own under the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company unless (A) the exercise price of such Incentive Stock Option is at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and (B) such Incentive Stock Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

11

(d)    Stock Appreciation Rights. 
(i)    The Committee may grant a related Stock Appreciation Right in connection with all or any part of an Option granted under the Plan, either at the time such Option is granted or at any time thereafter prior to the exercise, termination or cancellation of such Option, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time determine in its sole discretion, consistent with the terms and provisions of the Plan, provided, however, that in no event shall the appreciation base of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the grant date of such Stock Appreciation Right. The holder of a related Stock Appreciation Right shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Agreement, have the right by exercise thereof to surrender to the Company for cancellation all or a portion of such related Stock Appreciation Right, but only to the extent that the related Option is then exercisable, and to be paid therefor an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock subject to the related Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof surrendered (determined as of the exercise date), over (B) the aggregate appreciation base of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof surrendered. Upon any exercise of a related Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof, the number of shares of Company Stock subject to the related Option shall be reduced by the number of shares of Company Stock in respect of which such Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.
(ii)    The Committee may grant unrelated Stock Appreciation Rights in such amount and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time determine in its sole discretion, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, provided, however, that in no event shall the appreciation base of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the grant date of such Stock Appreciation Right. The holder of an unrelated Stock Appreciation Right shall, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Agreement, have the right to surrender to the Company for cancellation all or a portion of such Stock Appreciation Right, but only to the extent that such Stock Appreciation Right is then exercisable, and to be paid therefor an amount equal to the excess (if any) of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof surrendered (determined as of the exercise date), over (B) the aggregate 

12

appreciation base of the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right or portion thereof surrendered.
(iii)    The grant or exercisability of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(iv)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting condition for any Stock Appreciation Right (other than Stock Appreciation Rights excluded from the minimum vesting requirement as set forth in Section 6(j)) relates exclusively to the passage of time and continued employment, such time period shall not be less than 36 months, with no more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Award vesting every 12 months from the date of the Award, subject to Sections 7 and 8. If the vesting condition for any Stock Appreciation Right relates to the attainment of specified Performance Goals, such Stock Appreciation Right shall vest over a performance period of not less than one (1) year, subject to Sections 7 and 8.
(e)    Restricted Stock and Stock Bonus. 
(i)    The Committee may grant Restricted Stock awards, alone or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion and as shall be evidenced by the applicable Agreements. The vesting of a Restricted Stock award granted under the Plan may be conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or any Subsidiary, upon the attainment of specified performance goals, and/or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(ii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting condition for any Full Value Award (including an Award of Restricted Stock, but other than any Full Value Awards excluded from the minimum vesting requirement as set forth in Section 6(j)) relates exclusively to the passage of time and continued employment, such time period shall not be less than 36 months, with no more than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Award vesting every 12 months from the date of the Award, subject to Sections 7 and 8. If the vesting condition for any Full Value Award (including Award of Restricted Stock) relates to the attainment of specified Performance Goals, such Full Value Award shall 

13

vest over a performance period of not less than one (1) year, subject to Sections 7 and 8.
(iii)    Each Agreement with respect to a Restricted Stock award shall set forth the amount (if any) to be paid by the Participant with respect to such Award and when and under what circumstances such payment is required to be made.
(iv)    The Committee may, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee determines in its sole discretion, provide that a certificate or certificates representing the shares underlying a Restricted Stock award shall be registered in the Participant’s name and bear an appropriate legend specifying that such shares are not transferable and are subject to the provisions of the Plan and the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Agreement, or that such certificate or certificates shall be held in escrow by the Company on behalf of the Participant until such shares become vested or are forfeited. Except as provided in the applicable Agreement, no shares underlying a Restricted Stock award may be assigned, transferred, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Participant until such shares have vested in accordance with the terms of such Award.
(v)    Subject to Section 2(c), if and to the extent that the applicable Agreement may so provide, a Participant shall have the right to vote and receive dividends on the shares underlying a Restricted Stock award granted under the Plan. 
(vi)    The Committee may grant Stock Bonus awards, alone or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion and as may be evidenced by the applicable Agreement.
(f)    Performance Awards.
(i)    The Committee may grant Performance Awards, alone or in tandem with other Awards under the Plan, to acquire shares of Company Stock in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine, subject to the terms of the Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Code, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise, the Performance Awards shall provide that payment shall be made within 2 1/2 months after the 

14

end of the year in which the Participant has a legally binding vested right to such award.
(ii)    The following rules shall apply with respect to Grandfathered Awards (as such rules may be modified by the Committee to conform with Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as may be in effect from time to time, and any amendments, revisions or successor provisions thereto): (A) payments under the Performance Award shall be made solely on account of the attainment of one or more objective performance goals established in writing by the Committee not later than 90 days after the commencement of the period of service to which the Performance Award relates (but in no event after 25 percent of the period of service has elapsed); (B) the performance goal(s) to which the Performance Award relates may be based on one or more of the following business criteria applied to the Participant and/or a business unit or the Company and/or a Subsidiary: (1) stock appreciation (including, without limitation, total shareholder return and compounded annual growth rate); (2) net revenues; (3) return on total shareholders’ equity; (4) earnings per share of Company Stock; (5) net income (before or after taxes); (6) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital or return on equity; (7) earnings from continuing operations; levels of expense, cost or liability; (8) earnings before all or any interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization (“EBIT”, “EBITA” or “EBITDA”); (9) inventory goals; (10) market share; (11) cost reduction goals; (12) business development goals (including without limitation regulatory submissions, product launches and other business development-related opportunities); (13) customer satisfaction goals; (14) employee satisfaction or employee engagement goals; (15) identification or consummation of investment opportunities or completion of specified projects in accordance with corporate business plans, including strategic mergers, acquisitions or divestitures; (16) entry into new markets (either geographically or by business unit); (17) meeting specified market penetration or value added goals; (18) development of new technologies (including patent application or issuance goals); (19) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital; (20) tax efficiency metrics; (21) any combination of, or a specified increase or decrease of one or more of the foregoing over a specified period; and (22) such other criteria as the shareholders of the Company may approve; in each case as applicable, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and (C) once granted, the Committee may not have discretion to increase the amount payable under such Award, provided, however, that the Committee shall have the 

15

authority to make appropriate adjustments in performance goals under an Award to reflect the impact of extraordinary items not reflected in such goals, provided that such adjustments are done in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code. For purposes of this Section, extraordinary items shall be defined as (1) any profit or loss attributable to acquisitions or dispositions of stock or assets, (2) any changes in accounting standards that may be required or permitted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or adopted by the Company after the goal is established, (3) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year related to restructuring charges for the Company, (4) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year determined to be unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business, (5) all items of gain, loss or expense for the year related to discontinued operations that do not qualify as a segment of a business as defined in APB Opinion No. 30, and (6) such other items as may be prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder as may be in effect from time to time, and any amendments, revisions or successor provisions and any changes thereto. With respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards, the Committee shall, prior to making payment under any Award under this Section 6(f), certify in writing that all applicable performance goals have been attained. 
(g)    Other Stock-or Cash-Based Awards. 
The Committee is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Stock-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the short-term deferral exception to Section 409A of the Code, unless the Committee shall determine otherwise, the awards shall provide that payment shall be made within 2 1/2 months after the end of the year in which the Participant has a legally binding vested right to such award. With respect to Other Cash-Based Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards, (i) the maximum value of the aggregate payment that any Participant may receive with respect to any such Other Cash-Based Award that is an Annual Incentive Award is $5,000,000, (ii) the maximum value of the aggregate payment that any Participant may receive with respect to any such Other Cash-Based Award that is a Long Term Incentive Award is the amount set forth in clause (i) above multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period and the denominator of which is twelve, and (iii) such additional rules set forth in Section 6(f) applicable to such Awards shall apply. The Committee may establish such other rules applicable to the Other Stock- or Cash-Based Awards as it deems appropriate, to the extent not inconsistent with the Plan and, with respect to Grandfathered Awards, Section 162(m) of the Code.

16

(h)    Exercisability of Awards; Cancellation of Awards in Certain Cases.
(i)    Except as hereinafter provided, each Agreement with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall set forth the period during which and the conditions subject to which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right evidenced thereby shall be exercisable, and each Agreement with respect to a Restricted Stock award, Stock Bonus award, Performance Award or other Award shall set forth the period after which and the conditions subject to which amounts underlying such Award shall vest or be deliverable, all such periods and conditions to be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.
(ii)    Except as provided in Section 7(d), no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised and no shares of Company Stock underlying any other Award under the Plan may vest or become deliverable more than ten (10) years after the date of grant (the “Expiration Date”).
(iii)    Except as provided in Section 7, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised and no ordinary shares underlying any other Award under the Plan may vest or become deliverable unless the Participant is at such time in the employ (for Participants who are employees) or service (for Participants who are Nonemployee Directors or consultants) of the Company or a Subsidiary (or a company, or a parent or subsidiary company of such company, issuing or assuming the relevant right or award in a Change in Control) and has remained continuously so employed or in service since the relevant date of grant of the Award.
(iv)    An Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable by the filing of a written notice of exercise or a notice of exercise in such other manner with the Company, on such form and in such manner as the Committee shall in its sole discretion prescribe, and by payment in accordance with Section 6(i).
(v)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise, the “Option exercise date” and the “Stock Appreciation Right exercise date” shall be the date that the written notice of exercise, together with payment, are received by the Company.
(i)    Payment of Award Price. 
(i)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion otherwise determines, any written notice of 

17

exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right must be accompanied by payment of the full Option or Stock Appreciation Right exercise price.
(ii)    Payment of the Option exercise price and of any other payment required by the Agreement to be made pursuant to any other Award shall be made in any combination of the following: (A) by certified or official bank check payable to the Company (or the equivalent thereof acceptable to the Committee), (B) with the consent of the Committee in its sole discretion, by personal check (subject to collection) which may in the Committee’s discretion be deemed conditional, and/or (C) unless otherwise provided in the applicable agreement, and as permitted by the Committee and subject to applicable law, on a net-settlement basis with the Company withholding the amount of ordinary shares sufficient to cover the exercise price and tax withholding obligation. Payment in accordance with clause (A) of this Section 6(i)(ii) may be deemed to be satisfied, if and to the extent that the applicable Agreement so provides or the Committee permits, by delivery to the Company of an assignment of a sufficient amount of the proceeds from the sale of Company Stock to be acquired pursuant to the Award to pay for all of the Company Stock to be acquired pursuant to the Award and an authorization to the broker or selling agent to pay that amount to the Company and to effect such sale at the time of exercise or other delivery of shares of Company Stock.
(j)    Minimum Vesting Requirement.
Subject to Sections 2, 7 and 8, no Award or portion thereof shall provide for vesting prior to the first anniversary of its date of grant; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Awards that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to 5% of the shares of Company Stock available pursuant to Section 4(a) may be granted under the Plan without regard to such minimum vesting provision.
		
	7.
	Termination of Service. 

(a)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, upon termination of a Participant’s service to (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant’s employment with) the Company and its Subsidiaries by the Company or its Subsidiary for Cause (or in the case of a Nonemployee Director upon such Nonemployee Director’s failure to be renominated as Nonemployee Director of the Company), the portions of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant that are exercisable as of the date of such termination of service shall remain exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from and including the date of termination of service 

18

(and shall thereafter terminate). All portions of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant which are not exercisable as of the date of such termination of service, and any other outstanding Award which is not vested as of the date of such termination of service shall terminate upon the date of such termination of service.
(b)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, upon termination of the Participant’s service to (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant’s employment with) the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason other than as described in subsection (a), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, the portions of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant that are exercisable as of the date of such termination of service shall remain exercisable for a period of ninety (90) days from and including the date of termination of service (and shall thereafter terminate). All additional portions of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant which are not exercisable as of the date of such termination of service, and any other outstanding Award which is not vested as of the date of such termination of service shall terminate upon the date of such termination of service.
(c)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, if the Participant voluntarily Retires with the consent of the Company or the Participant’s service (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant’s employment) or terminates due to Disability, all outstanding Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and all other outstanding Awards (except, in the event a Participant voluntarily Retires, with respect to Awards (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards) granted to such Participant shall continue to vest in accordance with the terms of the applicable Agreements. The Participant shall be entitled to exercise each such Option or Stock Appreciation Right and to make any payment, give any notice or to satisfy other condition under each such other Award, in each case, for a period of one (1) year from and including the later of (i) date such entire Award becomes vested or exercisable in accordance with the terms of such Award and (ii) the date of Retirement, and thereafter such Awards or parts thereof shall be canceled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in its sole discretion provide for a longer or shorter period for exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or may permit a Participant to continue vesting under an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock award or to make any payment, give any notice or to satisfy other condition under any other Award. The Committee may in its sole discretion, and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, determine (w) for purposes of the Plan, whether any termination of service is a voluntary Retirement with the Company’s consent or is due to Disability for purposes of the Plan, (x) whether any leave of absence (including any short-term or long-term Disability or medical leave) constitutes a termination of service, or a failure to have remained continuously in service, for purposes of the Plan (regardless of whether such leave or status would constitute such a termination or failure for purposes of employment law), (y) the 

19

applicable date of any such termination of service, and (z) the impact, if any, of any of the foregoing on Awards under the Plan.
(d)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, if the Participant’s service (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant’s employment) terminates by reason of death, or if the Participant’s service terminates under circumstances providing for continued rights under subsection (b), (c) or (e) of this Section 7 and during the period of continued rights described in subsection (b), (c) or (e) the Participant dies, all outstanding Options, Restricted Stock and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant shall vest and become fully exercisable, and any payment or notice provided for under the terms of any other outstanding Award may be immediately paid or given and any condition may be satisfied, by the person to whom such rights have passed under the Participant’s will (or if applicable, pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution) for a period of one (1) year from and including the date of the Participant’s death and thereafter all such Awards or parts thereof shall be canceled.
(e)    Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, upon termination of a Participant’s service to (or in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant’s employment with) the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) by the Company or its Subsidiaries without Cause (including, in case of a Nonemployee Director, the failure to be elected as a Nonemployee Director) or (ii) by the Participant for “good reason” or any like term (provided that such term is defined under an employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary to which a Participant is a party), the portions of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted to such Participant which are exercisable as of the date of termination of service of such Participant shall remain exercisable for a period of one (1) year from and including the date of termination of service (and shall thereafter terminate). Unless the applicable Agreement provides otherwise or the Committee in its sole discretion determines otherwise, any other outstanding Award shall terminate as of the date of such termination of service.
(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 7 to the contrary, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised and no shares of Company Stock underlying any other Award under the Plan may vest or become deliverable past the Expiration Date.
		
	8.
	Effect of Change in Control. 

Unless otherwise determined in an Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control:
(a)    With respect to each outstanding Award that is assumed or substituted in connection with a Change in Control, in the event of a termination of a Participant’s service to 

20

the Company without Cause during the 24-month period following such Change in Control, on the date of such termination (i) such Award shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, (ii) the restrictions, payment conditions, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any such Award granted shall lapse, and (iii) any performance conditions imposed with respect to Awards shall be deemed to be achieved at target levels.
(b)    With respect to each outstanding Award that is not assumed or substituted in connection with a Change in Control, immediately upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, (i) such Award shall become fully vested and, if applicable, exercisable, (ii) the restrictions, payment conditions, and forfeiture conditions applicable to any such Award granted shall lapse, and (iii) any performance conditions imposed with respect to Awards shall be deemed to be achieved at target levels.
(c)    For purposes of this Section 8, an Award shall be considered assumed or substituted for if, following the Change in Control, the Award remains subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control except that, if the Award related to shares, the Award instead confers the right to receive common stock of the acquiring entity.
(d)    Except as would result in the imposition of taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that each Award will be cancelled as of the Change in Control in exchange for a payment in cash or securities in an amount equal to (i) the excess of the consideration paid per share in the Change in Control over the exercise or purchase price (if any) per share subject to the Award multiplied by (ii) the number of shares granted under the Award. To the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code, such Award shall be settled in accordance with its original terms or at such earlier time as permitted by Section 409A of the Code.
		
	9.
	Miscellaneous. 

(a)    Agreements evidencing Awards under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, including penalties for the commission of competitive acts or other actions detrimental to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Committee shall have the right at any time to deny or delay a Participant’s exercise of Options if such Participant is reasonably believed by the Committee (i) to be engaged in material conduct adversely affecting the Company or (ii) to be contemplating such conduct, unless and until the Committee shall have received reasonable assurance that the Participant is not engaged in, and is not contemplating, such material conduct adverse to the interests of the Company.

21

(b)    Participants are and at all times shall remain subject to the trading window policies adopted by the Company from time to time throughout the period of time during which they may exercise Options, Stock Appreciation Rights or sell shares of Company Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan.
(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, (i) the Company shall not be obliged to issue any shares pursuant to an Award unless at least the par value of such newly issued share has been fully paid in advance in accordance with applicable law (which requirement may mean the holder of an Award is obliged to make such payment) and (ii) the Company shall not be obliged to issue or deliver any shares in satisfaction of Awards until all legal and regulatory requirements associated with such issue or delivery have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Committee.
(d)    Awards shall be subject to any share ownership guidelines and compensation recovery policy adopted by the Company from time to time, including, without limitation, policies adopted to comply with applicable law.
		
	10.
	No Special Employment Rights; No Right to Award. 

(a)    Nothing contained in the Plan or any Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of employment or service by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or service or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant.
(b)    No person shall have any claim or right to receive an Award hereunder. The Committee’s granting of an Award to a Participant at any time shall neither require the Committee to grant any other Award to such Participant or other person at any time or preclude the Committee from making subsequent grants to such Participant or any other person.
		
	11.
	Securities Matters. 

(a)    The Company shall be under no obligation to effect the registration pursuant to the Securities Act of any interests in the Plan or any shares of Company Stock to be issued hereunder or to effect similar compliance under any state laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to cause to be issued or delivered any certificates evidencing shares of Company Stock pursuant to the Plan unless and until the Company is advised by its counsel that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which shares of Company Stock are traded. The Committee may require, as a condition of the issuance and delivery of certificates evidencing shares of Company 

22

Stock pursuant to the terms hereof, that the recipient of such shares make such agreements and representations, and that such certificates bear such legends, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable.
(b)    The transfer of any shares of Company Stock hereunder shall be effective only at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of such shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authority and the requirements of any securities exchange on which shares of Company Stock are traded. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, defer the effectiveness of any transfer of shares of Company Stock hereunder in order to allow the issuance of such shares to be made pursuant to registration or an exemption from registration or other methods for compliance available under federal or state securities laws. The Committee shall inform the Participant in writing of its decision to defer the effectiveness of a transfer. During the period of such deferral in connection with the exercise of an Award, the Participant may, by written notice, withdraw such exercise and obtain the refund of any amount paid with respect thereto.
		
	12.
	Withholding Taxes. 

(a)    Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto, up to the maximum statutory rates.
(b)    Whenever shares of Company Stock are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto, up to the maximum statutory rates. With the approval of the Committee and subject to applicable law, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery shares of Company Stock having a value equal to the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld or such other amount that will not cause adverse accounting consequences for the Company and is permitted under applicable withholding rules promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service or another applicable governmental entity. Such shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such a withholding election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award.
		
	13.
	Non-Competition and Confidentiality. 

By accepting Awards and as a condition to the exercise of Awards and the enjoyment of any benefits of the Plan, including participation therein, each Participant agrees to be bound by and subject to non-competition, confidentiality and invention ownership agreements acceptable 

23

to the Committee or any officer or director to whom the Committee elects to delegate such authority.
		
	14.
	Notification of Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. 

If any Participant shall, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Company Stock under the Plan, make the election permitted under Section 83(b) of the Code, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within 10 days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service.
		
	15.
	Amendment or Termination of the Plan. 

The Board of Directors or the Committee may, at any time, suspend or terminate the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever; provided, however, that the requisite shareholder approval shall be required if and to the extent the Board of Directors or Committee determines that such approval is appropriate or necessary for purposes of satisfying Sections 162(m) (with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards) or 422 of the Code or Rule 16b-3 or other applicable law. Awards may be granted under the Plan prior to the receipt of such shareholder approval of the Plan but each such grant shall be subject in its entirety to such approval and no Award may be exercised, vested or otherwise satisfied prior to the receipt of such approval. No amendment or termination of the Plan may, without the consent of a Participant, adversely affect the Participant’s rights under any outstanding Award.
		
	16.
	Transfers Upon Death; Nonassignability. 

(a)    A Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of a beneficiary on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee and may, from time to time, amend or revoke such designation. If no designated beneficiary survives the Participant, upon the death of a Participant, outstanding Awards granted to such Participant may be exercised only by the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate or by a person who shall have acquired the right to such exercise by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No transfer of an Award by will or the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Committee shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and with a copy of the will and/or such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and an agreement by the transferee to comply with all the terms and conditions of the Award that are or would have been applicable to the Participant and to be bound by the acknowledgments made by the Participant in connection with the grant of the Award.
(b)    During a Participant’s lifetime, the Committee may, in its discretion, pursuant to the provisions set forth in this clause (b), permit the transfer, assignment or other encumbrance of an outstanding Option unless such Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Committee 

24

and the Participant intends that it shall retain such status. Subject to the approval of the Committee and to any conditions that the Committee may prescribe, a Participant may, upon providing written notice to the General Counsel of the Company, elect to transfer any or all Options granted to such Participant pursuant to the Plan to members of his or her immediate family, including but not limited to children, grandchildren and spouse or to trusts for the benefit of such immediate family members or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners; provided, however, that no such transfer by any Participant may be made in exchange for consideration. Any such transferee must agree, in writing, to be bound by all provisions of the Plan.
		
	17.
	Effective Date and Term of Plan.

The Plan, as amended and restated, shall become effective on the Effective Date, but the Plan, as amended and restated, shall be subject to the requisite approval of the shareholders of the Company. In the absence of such approval, such Awards shall be null and void. Unless earlier terminated by the Board of Directors, the right to grant Awards under the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Awards outstanding at Plan termination shall remain in effect according to their terms and the provisions of the Plan.
		
	18.
	Applicable Law. 

Except to the extent preempted by any applicable federal law, the Plan shall be construed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to its principles of conflicts of law.
		
	19.
	Participant Rights. 

(a)    No Participant shall have any claim to be granted any award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment for Participants. Except as provided specifically herein, a Participant or a transferee of an Award shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by any Award until the date of the issuance of a Company Stock certificate to him or her for such shares.
(b)    Determinations by the Committee under the Plan relating to the form, amount and terms and conditions of grants and Awards need not be uniform, and may be made selectively among persons who receive or are eligible to receive grants and awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

25

		
	20.
	Unfunded Status of Awards.

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Agreement shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company.
		
	21.
	No Fractional Shares. 

No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, other Awards, or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.
		
	22.
	Interpretation.

The Plan is designed and intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to Awards intended to qualify as Grandfathered Awards, and to provide for grants and other transactions which are exempt under Rule 16b-3, and all provisions hereof shall be construed in a manner to so comply. Awards under the Plan are intended to comply with Code Section 409A to the extent subject thereto and the Plan and all Awards shall be interpreted in accordance with Code Section 409A and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the effective date of the Plan. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no payment or distribution under the Plan that constitutes an item of deferred compensation under Code Section 409A and becomes payable by reason of a Participant’s termination of employment or service with the Company will be made to such Participant until such Participant’s termination of employment or service constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined in Code Section 409A). For purposes of the Plan, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Code Section 409A. If a participant is a “specified employee” (as defined in Code Section 409A), then to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of taxes under Code Section 409A, such Participant shall not be entitled to any payments upon a termination of his or her employment or service until the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or (ii) the date of such Participant’s death. Upon the expiration of the applicable waiting period set forth in the preceding sentence, all payments and benefits deferred pursuant to this Section 22 (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single lump sum or in installments in the absence of such deferral) shall be paid to such Participant in a lump sum as soon as practicable, but in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days, following such expired period, and any remaining 

26

payments due under the Plan will be paid in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

27EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
 JAZZ
INVESTMENTS I LIMITED, as Issuer 
 JAZZ PHARMACEUTICALS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY, as Guarantor 

AND 
 U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee 
  
  

Indenture 
 Dated as of
June 11, 2020 
 2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 
  

 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.01
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	1	 
			
	 Section 1.02
	 	 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 1.03
	 	 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	  	 	16	 
			
	 Section 1.04
	 	 Acts of Holders; Record Dates
	  	 	17	 
			
	 Section 1.05
	 	 Notices, Etc., to Trustee and the Issuer
	  	 	18	 
			
	 Section 1.06
	 	 Notice to Holders; Waiver
	  	 	18	 
		
	 ARTICLE 2 SECURITY FORMS
	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	 Forms Generally
	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 2.02
	 	 Form of Face of Note
	  	 	19	 
			
	 Section 2.03
	 	 Form of Reverse of Note
	  	 	24	 
		
	 ARTICLE 3 THE SECURITIES
	  	 	31	 
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	 Title and Terms; Payments
	  	 	31	 
			
	 Section 3.02
	 	 Denominations
	  	 	32	 
			
	 Section 3.03
	 	 Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
	  	 	32	 
			
	 Section 3.04
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	32	 
			
	 Section 3.05
	 	 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	33	 
			
	 Section 3.06
	 	 Transfer Restrictions
	  	 	34	 
			
	 Section 3.07
	 	 Expiration of Restrictions
	  	 	36	 
			
	 Section 3.08
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	  	 	37	 
			
	 Section 3.09
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 3.10
	 	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	38	 
			
	 Section 3.11
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	41	 
			
	 Section 3.12
	 	 CUSIP Numbers
	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 3.13
	 	 Payment and Computation of Interest
	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 3.14
	 	 Business Day
	  	 	42	 
		
	 ARTICLE 4 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER
	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	 Payment of Principal and Interest
	  	 	42	 
			
	 Section 4.02
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 4.03
	 	 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office
	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 4.04
	 	 Provisions as to Paying Agent
	  	 	43	 
			
	 Section 4.05
	 	 Existence
	  	 	45	 
			
	 Section 4.06
	 	 Additional Interest
	  	 	45	 
			
	 Section 4.07
	 	 Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports
	  	 	46	 
			
	 Section 4.08
	 	 Stay; Extension and Usury Laws
	  	 	47	 

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 4.09
	 	 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults
	  	 	47	 
			
	 Section 4.10
	 	 Additional Amounts
	  	 	47	 
			
	 Section 4.11
	 	 Listing of the Notes
	  	 	51	 
		
	 ARTICLE 5 REDEMPTION
	  	 	51	 
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	 Optional Redemption
	  	 	51	 
			
	 Section 5.02
	 	 Notice of Tax Redemption and Notice of Provisional Redemption
	  	 	53	 
			
	 Section 5.03
	 	 Holder’s Right to Elect in Connection with a Tax Redemption
	  	 	55	 
			
	 Section 5.04
	 	 Effect of Notice of Tax Redemption and Notice of Provisional Redemption
	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 5.05
	 	 Deposit of Redemption Price
	  	 	56	 
			
	 Section 5.06
	 	 Partial Redemption
	  	 	56	 
		
	 ARTICLE 6 [RESERVED]
	  	 	57	 
		
	 ARTICLE 7 EXCHANGE
	  	 	57	 
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	 Right to Exchange
	  	 	57	 
			
	 Section 7.02
	 	 Exchange Procedures
	  	 	61	 
			
	 Section 7.03
	 	 Settlement Upon Exchange
	  	 	64	 
			
	 Section 7.04
	 	 Certain Provisions Related to Ordinary Shares Issued Hereunder
	  	 	68	 
			
	 Section 7.05
	 	 Adjustment of Exchange Rate
	  	 	69	 
			
	 Section 7.06
	 	 Adjustments to Exchange Rate upon Exchange In Connection With a Make-Whole Fundamental
Change or a Redemption.
	  	 	81	 
			
	 Section 7.07
	 	 Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
	  	 	84	 
			
	 Section 7.08
	 	 No Responsibility of Trustee
	  	 	86	 
		
	 ARTICLE 8 PURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE
	  	 	87	 
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	 Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require the Issuer to Repurchase the
Notes
	  	 	87	 
			
	 Section 8.02
	 	 Fundamental Change Notice
	  	 	87	 
			
	 Section 8.03
	 	 Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
	  	 	89	 
			
	 Section 8.04
	 	 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
	  	 	90	 
			
	 Section 8.05
	 	 Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
	  	 	90	 
			
	 Section 8.06
	 	 Notes Repurchased in Whole or in Part
	  	 	91	 
			
	 Section 8.07
	 	 Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws upon Repurchase of Notes
	  	 	91	 
			
	 Section 8.08
	 	 Deposit Fundamental Change Repurchase Price
	  	 	92	 
			
	 Section 8.09
	 	 Covenant Not to Repurchase Notes upon Certain Events of Default
	  	 	92	 
			
	 Section 8.10
	 	 Repurchase by Third Party
	  	 	92	 
		
	 ARTICLE 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
	  	 	93	 
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	93	 
			
	 Section 9.02
	 	 Acceleration
	  	 	95	 
			
	 Section 9.03
	 	 Other Remedies
	  	 	95	 
			
	 Section 9.04
	 	 Sole Remedy for Failure to Report
	  	 	96	 

  
 iii 

							
	 Section 9.05
	 	 [Reserved]
	  	 	97	 
			
	 Section 9.06
	 	 Control By Majority
	  	 	97	 
			
	 Section 9.07
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	97	 
			
	 Section 9.08
	 	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Exchange
	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 9.09
	 	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 9.10
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 9.11
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	98	 
			
	 Section 9.12
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	99	 
			
	 Section 9.13
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	99	 
			
	 Section 9.14
	 	 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver
	  	 	99	 
			
	 Section 9.15
	 	 Priorities
	  	 	100	 
			
	 Section 9.16
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	100	 
		
	 ARTICLE 10 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, AMALGAMATION OR SALE OF ASSETS AND TAX
RESIDENCE
	  	 	100	 
			
	 Section 10.01
	 	 Issuer and Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms
	  	 	100	 
			
	 Section 10.02
	 	 Successor to Be Substituted
	  	 	101	 
			
	 Section 10.03
	 	 Change of Tax Residence
	  	 	101	 
		
	 ARTICLE 11 THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	101	 
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee
	  	 	101	 
			
	 Section 11.02
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	103	 
			
	 Section 11.03
	 	 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc.
	  	 	103	 
			
	 Section 11.04
	 	 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc.
	  	 	104	 
			
	 Section 11.05
	 	 Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Registrar May Own Notes
	  	 	105	 
			
	 Section 11.06
	 	 Monies to be Held in Trust
	  	 	105	 
			
	 Section 11.07
	 	 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee
	  	 	105	 
			
	 Section 11.08
	 	 Officer’s Certificate as Evidence
	  	 	106	 
			
	 Section 11.09
	 	 Conflicting Interests of Trustee
	  	 	106	 
			
	 Section 11.10
	 	 Eligibility of Trustee
	  	 	106	 
			
	 Section 11.11
	 	 Resignation or Removal of Trustee
	  	 	106	 
			
	 Section 11.12
	 	 Acceptance by Successor Trustee
	  	 	107	 
			
	 Section 11.13
	 	 Succession by Merger, Etc.
	  	 	108	 
			
	 Section 11.14
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims
	  	 	108	 
			
	 Section 11.15
	 	 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer
	  	 	109	 
		
	 ARTICLE 12 HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE
	  	 	109	 
			
	 Section 12.01
	 	 Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The
	  	 	109	 
			
	 Section 12.02
	 	 Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders
	  	 	109	 
			
	 Section 12.03
	 	 Reports By Trustee
	  	 	110	 

  
 iv 

							
	 ARTICLE 13 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	 	110	 
			
	 Section 13.01
	 	 Discharge of Liability on Notes
	  	 	110	 
			
	 Section 13.02
	 	 Deposited Moneys to Be Held in Trust
	  	 	110	 
			
	 Section 13.03
	 	 Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held
	  	 	110	 
			
	 Section 13.04
	 	 Repayment to the Issuer
	  	 	110	 
			
	 Section 13.05
	 	 Reinstatement
	  	 	111	 
		
	 ARTICLE 14 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	  	 	111	 
			
	 Section 14.01
	 	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	 	111	 
			
	 Section 14.02
	 	 With Consent of Holders
	  	 	112	 
			
	 Section 14.03
	 	 Notices of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	113	 
			
	 Section 14.04
	 	 Execution of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	113	 
		
	 ARTICLE 15 GUARANTEE
	  	 	114	 
			
	 Section 15.01
	 	 Guarantee
	  	 	114	 
			
	 Section 15.02
	 	 Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events
	  	 	116	 
			
	 Section 15.03
	 	 Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor
	  	 	116	 
		
	 ARTICLE 16 MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	116	 
			
	 Section 16.01
	 	 Official Acts by Successor Corporation
	  	 	116	 
			
	 Section 16.02
	 	 Notices
	  	 	117	 
			
	 Section 16.03
	 	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	 	118	 
			
	 Section 16.04
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	118	 
			
	 Section 16.05
	 	 No Recourse against Others
	  	 	118	 
			
	 Section 16.06
	 	 Successors
	  	 	118	 
			
	 Section 16.07
	 	 Multiple Originals
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.08
	 	 Benefits of Indenture
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.09
	 	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.10
	 	 Severability Clause
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.11
	 	 Calculations
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.12
	 	 Waiver of Jury Trial
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.13
	 	 Consent to Jurisdiction
	  	 	119	 
			
	 Section 16.14
	 	 Judgment Currency
	  	 	120	 
			
	 Section 16.15
	 	 Force Majeure
	  	 	120	 
			
	 Section 16.16
	 	 U.S.A. Patriot Act
	  	 	120	 
			
	 Section 16.17
	 	 Electronic Signatures
	  	 	121	 

  
 v 

 INDENTURE, dated as of June 11, 2020 by and among Jazz Investments I Limited, a Bermuda
exempted company limited by shares, as Issuer (as more fully set forth in Section 1.01, the “Issuer”), Jazz Pharmaceuticals Public Limited Company, a public limited company formed under the laws of Ireland, as Guarantor (as
more fully set forth in Section 1.01, the “Guarantor”), and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (as more fully set forth in Section 1.01, the “Trustee”). 

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 (each a “Note”
and collectively, the “Notes”) guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by the Guarantor of the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth, and to provide therefor the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture and the Guarantor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture and issuance of the Guarantee of the Notes (as more fully set forth in Section 1.01, the “Guarantee”); and 

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes and the Guarantee, when the Notes are executed by the Issuer and this Indenture is executed by
the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor, respectively, and to make
this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes, the Guarantee and the Indenture, have been done. 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchases of the Notes and the Guarantee by the
Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of the Issuer and the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes and the Guarantee, as follows: 

ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND OTHER
PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION 
 Section 1.01    Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture, except
as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a)    the terms defined in
this Article 1 have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular; 

(b)    all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance
with GAAP; and 
 (c)    the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and
other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 

“Act” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04. 

“Additional Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10. 

  
 1 

 “Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to
Section 4.06 and Section 9.04 hereof. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Indenture to interest include Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Indenture shall not be
construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made. 
 “Additional Notes”
means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof. 

“Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(a). 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein, the determination of whether one Person is an “Affiliate” of another Person for purposes of this Indenture shall be made based on the facts at the time such determination is made or required to be made, as the case
may be, hereunder. 
 “Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(b). 

“applicable Exchange Price” means the Exchange Price in effect at any given time. 

“applicable Exchange Rate” means the Exchange Rate in effect at any given time. 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any matter at any time relating to a Global Note or any beneficial interest
therein, the rules, policies and procedures of the Depositary applicable to such matter. 
 “Applicable Taxes” has the
meaning specified in Section 4.10. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code (or any successor
thereto) or any similar bankruptcy, insolvency or other U.S. federal or state law, or equivalent foreign law (including Irish or Bermudian law), for the relief of debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect. 

“Benefited Party” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01. 

“Bid Solicitation Agent” means the Issuer or the Person appointed by the Issuer to solicit bids for the Trading Price of the
Notes in accordance with Section 7.01(b). The Issuer shall initially act as the Bid Solicitation Agent. 
 “Board of
Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any duly authorized committee of that board. 

  
 2 

 “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed. 
 “Called
Notes” means Notes called for redemption pursuant to Article 5 or subject to a Deemed Redemption. 
 “Cash
Settlement” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(a). 
 “Change in Tax Law” has the meaning specified in
Section 5.01(a). 
 “Clause A Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(c). 

“Clause B Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(c). 

“Clause C Distribution” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(c). 

“Close of Business” means 5:00 p.m. New York City time. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Combination Settlement” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(a). 

“Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange
Act. 
 “Company Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by any Officer, and delivered to
the Trustee. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the
Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at U.S. Bank National Association, Global Corporate Trust Services, Mailcode: EP-MN-WS3C, 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292; Attention: Rick Prokosch, or such other address in the United States as the Trustee may designate from time
to time by notice to the Holders and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office in the United States of any successor Trustee (or such other address in the United States as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to
the Holders and the Issuer). 
 “Custodian” means any receiver, examiner, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Daily Exchange Value” means, for any of the 40 consecutive VWAP Trading Days
during an Observation Period, one-fortieth (1/40th) of the product of (i) the applicable Exchange Rate on such VWAP Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP on such VWAP Trading Day. 

“Daily Measurement Value” means the Specified Dollar Amount (if any) divided by 40. 

  
 3 

 “Daily Settlement Amount” for any of the 40 consecutive VWAP Trading Days
during an Observation Period, shall consist of: 
  

	(1)	 cash equal to the lesser of (a) the Daily Measurement Value for such Observation Period and (b) the
Daily Exchange Value for such VWAP Trading Day; and 

  

	(2)	 if the Daily Exchange Value for such VWAP Trading Day exceeds the Daily Measurement Value for such Observation
Period, the Daily Share Amount for such VWAP Trading Day. 

 “Daily Share Amount” means, for any of the
40 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during an Observation Period on which the Daily Exchange Value exceeds the Daily Measurement Value, the amount equal to (i) the difference between the Daily Exchange Value for such VWAP Trading Day and the Daily
Measurement Value for such VWAP Trading Day, divided by (ii) the Daily VWAP for such VWAP Trading Day. 
 “Daily
VWAP” means the per Ordinary Share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page JAZZ<equity>AQR (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the
period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such VWAP Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one Ordinary Share on such VWAP
Trading Day, determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Issuer). The Daily VWAP will be determined without regard to after hours trading or any
other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours. 
 “Deemed Redemption” has the meaning specified in
Section 7.01(d). 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means DTC until a successor Depositary shall have been appointed and become
such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Depositary” shall mean such successor Depositary. 

“Distributed Property” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(c). 

“DTC” means The Depository Trust Company. 

“Effective Date” means the first date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable
market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share subdivision or share consolidation, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of the Ordinary Shares under a
separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose. 
 “Event of
Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01. 

  
 4 

 “Ex-Dividend Date” means the first
date on which the Ordinary Shares trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Guarantor or, if applicable, from the seller of
the Ordinary Shares on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of the
Ordinary Shares under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose. 

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Agent” initially means the Trustee or such other office or agency designated by the
Issuer where Notes may be presented for exchange. 
 “Exchange Consideration” has the meaning specified in
Section 7.03(c). 
 “Exchange Date” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a). 

“Exchange Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a). 

“Exchange Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(a). 

“Exchange Price” means, per Ordinary Share, $1,000 divided by the applicable Exchange Rate. 

“Exchange Rate” means initially 6.4182 Ordinary Shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as set
forth herein. 
 “Excluded Holder” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03(b). 

“Exempted Fundamental Change” has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(c). 

“FATCA” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a)(i). 

“Financial Institution Surrender” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(c). 

“Financial Institution Surrender Election” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(c). 

“Freely Tradable” means, with respect to any Notes and any proposed transfer thereof, that such Notes are freely tradable by
Holders, other than affiliates of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144) or Holders that were affiliates of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144) during the three months immediately preceding the proposed
transfer (as a result of restrictions imposed by U.S. federal securities laws or the terms of this Indenture or the Notes). 
 “Free
Trade Date” means the date that is one year after the Last Date of Original Issuance of the Initial Notes under this Indenture. 

  
 5 

 “Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the
Issue Date of the Notes if any of the following occurs: 
  

	(1)	 any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act),
other than the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or its or their employee benefit plans, has become, and files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become, the direct or indirect
“beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Guarantor’s Ordinary Share Capital representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Guarantor’s issued
Ordinary Share Capital, unless such beneficial ownership arises solely as a result of a revocable proxy delivered in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to the applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and
is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or any successor schedule) regardless of whether such a filing has actually been made under the Exchange Act; provided, that no person or group shall be deemed to be the beneficial
owner of any securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such “person” or “group” until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange under such offer;

  

	(2)	 the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Ordinary Shares (other
than changes resulting from a subdivision or consolidation) as a result of which the Ordinary Shares would be converted into, or exchanged for, shares, other securities, or other property or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or
merger of, or scheme of arrangement involving, the Guarantor pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares will be converted into, or exchanged for, cash, securities or other property or assets; or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one
transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Guarantor’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Ordinary Share Capital or common equity of the Guarantor immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of the issued Ordinary Share Capital or common equity of the continuing or surviving person or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions
(relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction shall not be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (2); 

  

	(3)	 the Guarantor’s shareholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the
Guarantor (other than in a transaction described in clause (2) above); or 

  

	(4)	 Ordinary Shares (or other Ordinary Share Capital or common equity interests (or depositary receipts) underlying
the Notes based on which the Notes are then exchangeable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture) cease to be listed on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market (or any
of their respective successors); 

 provided, however, that in the case of an event, transaction or series of related
transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be 

  
 6 

 
received by holders of the Ordinary Shares (excluding cash payments for fractional ordinary shares or dissenter’s rights) in the event, transaction or transactions that would otherwise
constitute a Fundamental Change consists of Publicly Traded Securities, and as a result of such event, transaction or transactions, the Notes become exchangeable based on such consideration, excluding cash payments for fractional ordinary shares or
dissenter’s rights (subject to settlement in accordance with the provisions of Sections 7.03, 7.05 and 7.06), such event, transaction or transactions shall not be a “Fundamental Change.” 

If any transaction in which the Ordinary Shares are replaced by the securities of another Person occurs, following completion of any related Make-Whole
Fundamental Change Period (or, in the case of a transaction that would have been a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change but for the proviso immediately following clause (4) of the definition of Fundamental Change set
forth above), references to the Guarantor in the definition of “Fundamental Change” above shall instead be references to such other Person. 

“Fundamental Change Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a). 

“Fundamental Change Notice Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.02(a). 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(c). 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a)(i). 

“Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b). 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, in each case, as in effect in the United States from time to time. 
 “Global Note” means a
Note in global form registered in the Register in the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof. 
 “Guarantee” means the
full and unconditional guarantee provided by the Guarantor in respect of the Notes as made applicable to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.01 hereof. 

“Guarantee Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 15.01. 

“Guarantor” means the corporation named as the “Guarantor” in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and, subject
to the provisions of Article 10 and Section 7.07, shall include its successors and assigns. 
 “Guarantor’s Board of
Directors” means either the Board of Directors of the Guarantor or any duly authorized committee of that board. 

  
 7 

 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Register.

 “Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by
one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this instrument and any such supplemental indenture. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01. 

“Initial Purchasers” means the initial purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement. 

“Interest Payment Date” means each June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning December 15, 2020. 

“Issue Date” means June 11, 2020. 

“Issuer” means the Person named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this instrument and, subject to the
provisions of Article 10 and Section 7.07, shall include its successors and assigns. 
 “Last Date of Original
Issuance” means (a) with respect to any Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and any Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, the later of (i) the date the Issuer first issues such Notes; and
(ii) the last date any Notes are originally issued as part of the same offering pursuant to the exercise of the option granted to the initial purchasers named in the Purchase Agreement to purchase additional Notes; and (b) with respect to
any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 3.01, and any Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof, either (i) the later of (x) the date such Notes are originally issued and (y) the last date any Notes are
originally issued as part of the same offering pursuant to the exercise of an option granted to the initial purchaser(s) of such Notes to purchase additional Notes; or (ii) such other date as is specified in an Officer’s Certificate
delivered to the Trustee before the original issuance of such Notes. 
 “Last Reported Sale Price” means, for the Ordinary
Shares (or any other security for which a Last Reported Sale Price must be determined), on any Trading Day, the closing sale price per Ordinary Share (or such other security, as the case may be) (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average
of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the
Ordinary Shares (or such other security as the case may be) are listed. If the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the
“Last Reported Sale Price” of the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) will be the last quoted bid price for the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by The OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are not so quoted, the
“Last Reported Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) on the relevant date from each of
at least three nationally 

  
 8 

 
recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Issuer for this purpose, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers. On or after the occurrence of a Merger Event, the
Last Reported Sale Price of a Unit of Reference Property will be determined in accordance with this definition or, if it cannot be so determined, then it will be determined by the Board of Directors in a commercially reasonable manner and in
accordance with the procedures described in this Indenture and/or any applicable supplemental indenture. 
 “Make-Whole Fundamental
Change” means any transaction or event that would constitute a Fundamental Change (determined after giving effect to any exceptions or exclusions to such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (2) of the definition
thereof). 
 “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(a). 

“Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(a). 

“Market Disruption Event” means, if the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are listed for trading
on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or listed on another U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on
any Trading Day of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant securities exchange or otherwise) in the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may
be) or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be). 

“Maturity Date” means June 15, 2026. 

“Measurement Period” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01(b). 

“Merger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 7.07(a). 

“Notes” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the Recitals of the Issuer, and includes any Note or Notes, as
the case may be, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including any Global Note. 
 “Notice of Default” means
written notice provided to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding of a Default by the Issuer or the Guarantor, which notice must specify the
Default, demand that it be remedied and expressly state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” 
 “Notice of
Provisional Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(a). 
 “Notice of Tax Redemption” has the
meaning specified in Section 5.02(a). 
 “Notice of Tax Redemption Election” has the meaning specified in
Section 5.03(b). 

  
 9 

 “Observation Period” means, with respect to any Note surrendered for
exchange: 
  

	(1)	 if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after the date the Issuer issues a Notice of Tax Redemption or
Notice of Provisional Redemption, as applicable, but prior to the relevant Redemption Date, the 40 consecutive VWAP Trading Days beginning on and including the 41st Scheduled Trading Day (or, if such Scheduled Trading Day is not a VWAP Trading Day,
the immediately following VWAP Trading Day) immediately preceding such Redemption Date; 

  

	(2)	 if the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after March 15, 2026, the 40 consecutive VWAP Trading Days
beginning on and including the 41st Scheduled Trading Day (or, if such Scheduled Trading Day is not a VWAP Trading Day, the immediately following VWAP Trading Day) immediately preceding the Maturity Date; and 

 

	(3)	 in all other instances, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs prior to March 15, 2026, the 40 consecutive
VWAP Trading Day period beginning on and including the second VWAP Trading Day immediately succeeding such Exchange Date. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, dated June 8, 2020, as supplemented by the related
pricing term sheet, dated June 8, 2020, relating to the offering and sale of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” or
“officer” shall mean, any Director of the Issuer, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors and with respect to either the Issuer and/or the Guarantor, the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, a vice president (whether or not designated by a number or word or words added before or after the title “vice president”), the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any
Assistant Treasurer. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

 “Open of Business” means 9:00 a.m., New York City time. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be external or
in-house counsel for the Issuer or the Guarantor. 
 “Ordinary Share Capital” of
any Person means the Share Capital of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the
governing body, partners, managers or others that will control the management or policies of such Person. 
 “Ordinary Share
Price” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(b). 
 “Ordinary Shares” means ordinary shares of the
Guarantor, nominal value $0.0001 per share, at the date of the Indenture, subject to Section 7.07. 

  
 10 

 “outstanding” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the
provisions of Section 1.04 mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except: 
  

	(1)	 Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation; 

 

	(2)	 Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary
amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or the Guarantor) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent);

  

	(3)	 Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 3.08 and Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for
which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 3.08 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in whose hands such Notes are valid
obligations of the Issuer; 

  

	(4)	 Notes exchanged pursuant to Article 7 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 3.11;

  

	(5)	 Notes redeemed pursuant to Article 5; and 

 

	(6)	 Notes repurchased by the Issuer or Guarantor pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the first paragraph of
Section 3.11. 

 “Partial Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(b). 

“Partial Redemption Limit” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(b). 

“Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer) authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal amount of, interest on,
the Redemption Price of, the Additional Amounts on, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer. U.S. Bank National Association shall initially be the Paying Agent. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, private limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated
organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Physical Notes” means permanent certificated
Notes in registered form issued in denominations of $200,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

“Physical Settlement” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(a). 

“Provisional Redemption” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(b). 

“Provisional Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to a Provisional Redemption,
the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Provisional Redemption Price” has the meaning specified
in Section 5.01(b). 

  
 11 

 “Publicly Traded Securities” means Ordinary Share Capital or common equity
interests (or depositary receipts) that are traded on The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Market, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market (or any of their respective successors) or that will be so traded when issued
or exchanged in connection with the event, transaction or transactions or events that would otherwise constitute a Fundamental Change under clause (1) or (2) of the definition thereof. 

“Purchase Agreement” means that certain Purchase Agreement, dated June 8, 2020, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the
representatives of the Initial Purchasers, on behalf of the Initial Purchasers. 
 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” (or
“QIB”) has the meaning specified in Rule 144A. 
 “Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend,
distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) is
exchanged for or exchanged into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Ordinary Shares (or other applicable security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property
(whether such date is fixed by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors, by statute, by contract or otherwise). 
 “Redemption
Date” means the date fixed by the Issuer for Tax Redemption and/or Provisional Redemption, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Redemption Notice” means a Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption, as the case may be, pursuant
to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Notice Date” means the date the Issuer delivers a Notice of Tax Redemption or
Notice of Provisional Redemption, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Redemption Period” has the meaning
specified in Section 7.06(a). 
 “Redemption Price” means the price fixed for Tax Redemption or Provisional
Redemption, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Reference Property” has the meaning specified in
Section 7.07(a). 
 “Register” and “Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in
Section 3.05(a). 
 “Regular Record Date” means, with respect to the payment of interest on the Notes, the Close of
Business on June 1 or December 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date, whether or not a Business Day. 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10. 

“Reporting Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(a). 

  
 12 

 “Resale Restriction Termination Date” has the meaning specified in
Section 3.07(b)(ii). 
 “Restricted Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(b)(i). 

“Restricted Note” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06(a)(i). 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.02. 

“Restricted Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06(b)(i). 

“Restricted Stock Legend” means a legend substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto. 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from
time to time. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same
may be amended from time to time. 
 “Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day (or VWAP
Trading Day, as applicable) on the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as applicable) are listed or admitted for trading. If the Ordinary Shares (or such other
security, as applicable) are not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a “Business Day.” 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Settlement Method” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(a). 

“Settlement Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(b)(iii). 

“Share Capital” means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of
corporate stock and, with respect to partnerships, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of
assets of, such partnership. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Guarantor that is a “significant
subsidiary” as defined under Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Guarantor that meets
the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or clause (2) of the definition thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary’s income (or loss) from
continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations), attributable to the controlling interests for the last completed fiscal year prior to the date of such determination exceeds $35,000,000. For the avoidance of doubt, to the
extent that a Subsidiary of the 

  
 13 

 
Guarantor would not be deemed to be a “significant subsidiary” under the relevant definition set forth in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X (or any successor rule) under the Exchange Act as in effect on the relevant date of determination, such Subsidiary shall not be a “Significant Subsidiary” irrespective of whether such Subsidiary’s
income (or loss) from continuing operations before income taxes (after intercompany eliminations) attributable to controlling interests for the last completed fiscal year prior to the date of such determination exceeds $35,000,000. 

“Specified Dollar Amount” means the dollar amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes to be received upon exchange as
specified in the Settlement Notice specifying the Issuer’s chosen Settlement Method (or deemed so specified). 
 “Spin-Off” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(c). 
 “Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Share Capital or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) the Guarantor; (ii) the Guarantor and one
or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor. 
 “Tax Redemption” has the
meaning specified in Section 5.01(a). 
 “Tax Redemption Date” means, when used with respect to any Note to be
redeemed pursuant to a Tax Redemption, the date fixed for such Tax Redemption pursuant to this Indenture. 
 “Tax Redemption
Price” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(a). 
 “Trading Day” means a Scheduled Trading Day on which
(i) trading in the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) generally occurs on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are not then listed on The Nasdaq Global
Select Market, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are then listed or, if the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are
not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Ordinary Shares (or such other security, as the case may be) are then traded, and (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event. If the
Ordinary Shares are not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means “Business Day.” 
 “Trading Price” of
the Notes on any date of determination means the average of the secondary market bid quotations obtained by the Bid Solicitation Agent for $5,000,000 principal amount of Notes at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination
date from three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Issuer, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers; provided, that if three such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Bid Solicitation
Agent but two such bids are obtained, then the average of the two bids shall be used, and if only one such bid can reasonably be obtained by the 

  
 14 

 
Bid Solicitation Agent, that one bid shall be used. If the Bid Solicitation Agent cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of Notes from a nationally recognized
securities dealer selected by the Issuer, then the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares and the applicable Exchange Rate. 

“Transfer Taxes” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 

“Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the
Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time
shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this
Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture
until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee. 

“Unit of Reference Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.07(a). 

“Valuation Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.05(c). 

“VWAP Market Disruption Event” means (i) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or
market on which the Ordinary Shares are listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the
Ordinary Shares for more than one half hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant securities exchange or
otherwise) in the Ordinary Shares or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Ordinary Shares. 
 “VWAP Trading
Day” means a day on which (i) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event and (ii) trading in the Ordinary Shares generally occurs on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the Ordinary Shares are not then listed on The Nasdaq Global
Select Market, on the primary other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed or, if the Ordinary Shares are not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other
market on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed or admitted for trading. If Ordinary Shares are not so listed or admitted for trading, “VWAP Trading Day” means a “Business Day.” 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person, except that, solely for purposes
of this definition, the reference to “more than 50%” in the definition of “Subsidiary” shall be deemed replaced by a reference to “100%,” the calculation of which shall exclude nominal amounts of the voting power of
shares of Share Capital or other interests in the relevant Subsidiary as may be required to satisfy local minority interest requirements outside the United States. 

  
 15 

 Section 1.02    Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon
any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take, or refrain from taking, any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall, if requested by the Trustee, furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s
Certificate each stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in the Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be
required under this Section 1.02 in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: 
 (a)    a
statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(b)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c)    a statement that, in
the opinion of each such individual, such individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d)    a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has
been complied with. 
 In giving any Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or
certificates of public officials. 
 Section 1.03    Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case
where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or
covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or
several documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his/her certificate or
opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are
erroneous. 

  
 16 

 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests,
consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

Section 1.04    Acts of Holders; Record Dates. 

(a)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by
this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by their agents duly appointed in writing and, except as herein otherwise
expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to a Trust Officer of the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as an “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be
sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 11.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 

(b)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by
the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his/her individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his/her authority. The fact and date of the execution of any
such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee reasonably deems sufficient. 

(c)    The Issuer may, in the circumstances permitted by this Indenture, fix any day as the record date for
the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. If not set by
the Issuer prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, the record date for any such action or vote shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date
of the most recent list of Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 12.01) prior to such first solicitation or vote, as the case may be. With regard to any record date, only the Holders on such date (or their duly designated proxies)
shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the relevant action. 
 (d)    The ownership of Notes
shall be proved by the Register. 

  
 17 

 (e)    In determining whether the Holders of the
requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Guarantor, by any Subsidiary thereof (including the Issuer) or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Guarantor or any Subsidiary thereof (including the Issuer) shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination;
provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Trust Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 

(f)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of
any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 

Section 1.05    Notices, Etc., to Trustee and the Issuer. Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with: 

(a)    the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made,
given, furnished or filed in writing (including telecopy and, in the case of notices with respect to Global Notes, electronic transmission through the facilities of the Depositary) to or with the Trustee at its applicable Corporate Trust Office; or

 (b)    the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing (including telecopy and, in the case of notices with respect to Global Notes, electronic transmission) and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the addresses
specified in Section 16.02, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer, Attention: Directors. 

Section 1.06    Notice to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event,
such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing (including telecopy and, in the case of notices with respect to Global Notes, electronic transmission through the facilities of the Depositary) and,
in the case of Physical Notes, mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the earliest date
(if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such
notice with respect to other Holders. In the case of a Global Note where notice is given by electronic transmission through the facilities of the Depositary and in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, none of the failure of the Depositary to
provide such notice, the failure of any Agent Member to 

  
 18 

 
deliver such notice from the Depositary to any Person holding a beneficial interest in any Global Note through an Agent Member, nor any defect in any notice so sent, shall affect the sufficiency
of such notice. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 

Whenever under this Indenture the Trustee is required to provide any notice by mail, in all cases the Trustee may alternatively provide notice
by overnight courier, by electronic delivery in pdf format or by facsimile, with confirmation of transmission. 
 ARTICLE 2 

SECURITY FORMS 

Section 2.01    Forms Generally. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in
substantially the forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or Depositary therefor, the Code and regulations thereunder, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Officer or
Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution thereof. 
 The Notes shall initially be issued in the form of permanent
Global Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in this Article. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as FAST agent
for the Depositary, as hereinafter provided. 
 Section 2.02    Form of Face of Note. 

[Include the following legend for Global Notes only (the “Global Notes Legend”):] 

[THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE
DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE. 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY 

  
 19 

 
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO
ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 
 [Include
the following legend on all Notes that are Restricted Notes (the “Restricted Notes Legend”):] 

[THIS SECURITY AND THE ORDINARY SHARES, IF ANY, DELIVERABLE UPON EXCHANGE OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER:

  

	 	(1)	 REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
(WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT; AND 

  

	 	(2)	 AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT: 

  

	 	(A)	 TO JAZZ INVESTMENTS I LIMITED (THE “ISSUER”), JAZZ PHARMACEUTICALS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY (THE
“GUARANTOR”) OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, OR 

  

	 	(B)	 PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

  

	 	(C)	 TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

  

	 	(D)	 PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 20 

 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE
ISSUER, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.] 

  
 21 

 2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 

 

			
	 No. [            ]
	  	U.S. $[            ]

  

			
	 CUSIP NO.
	  	 472145 AE11

		
	 ISIN NO.
	  	 US472145AE19

 Jazz Investments I Limited, a Bermuda exempted company limited by shares (herein called the
“Issuer” or the “Company”, which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to
[                    ], or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                     ] UNITED STATES DOLLARS (U.S. $[        ]) (which amount may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and in accordance with the below referred Indenture) on June 15, 2026. The
principal amount of Physical Notes and interest thereon, as provided on the reverse hereof, shall be payable at the Corporate Trust Office and at any other office or agency maintained by the Issuer for such purpose. The Issuer will pay, or cause to
be paid through the Paying Agent, the principal of any Global Note and interest thereon, as provided on the reverse hereof, in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder
of such Global Note, on each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or other payment date, as the case may be. The Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Jazz Pharmaceuticals Public Limited Company,
a public limited company formed under the laws of Ireland (the “Guarantor”), on a senior unsecured basis, in accordance with the provisions of Article 15 of the Indenture. 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the
Holder the right to exchange this Note into cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares, at the Issuer’s election, to the ability and obligation of the Issuer to repurchase this Note upon certain events, to pay Additional
Amounts on the Notes upon certain events and to redeem the Notes upon certain events, in each case, on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions
shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have such meanings as are ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. In the case of any conflict between this Note
and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. 
 This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until
the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture. 
  

 

	1 	 This Note will be deemed to be identified by CUSIP No. 472145 AF8 from and after such time when (i) the Issuer
delivers, pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the within-mentioned Indenture, written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of the Resale Restriction Termination Date and the removal of the restrictive legend affixed to this Note and (ii) this Note is
identified by such CUSIP number in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary. 

  
 22 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed. 

 

			
	JAZZ INVESTMENTS I LIMITED
		
	By:	 	
                     
                    

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

	
	Dated:              , 2020
	
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee,
certifies that this is one of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.

  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory
		 	Name:

  
 23 

 Section 2.03    Form of Reverse of Note. 

JAZZ INVESTMENTS I LIMITED 

2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, designated as its 2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026 (the
“Notes”), all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of June 11, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the
“Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Issuer, the
Guarantor and the Holders of the Notes. The Indenture provides that Additional Notes may be issued thereunder, if certain conditions are met. 

Interest. The Notes will bear interest at a rate of 2.000% per year. Interest on the Notes will accrue from, and including,
June 11, 2020, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, beginning on December 15, 2020. Pursuant to the Indenture, in
certain circumstances, the Holders of Notes shall be entitled to receive Additional Interest. 
 Interest will be paid to the person in
whose name a Note is registered at the Close of Business on the June 1 or December 1 (whether or not such date is a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the relevant Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. 
 Interest will cease to accrue on a Note in the circumstances provided in the Indenture.

 Additional Amounts. The Issuer, the Guarantor or any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, will make all
payments and deliveries on account of the Notes without withholding or deduction for taxes imposed by a relevant jurisdiction, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. If any such withholding or deduction is required, the Issuer, the
Guarantor or any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, will, in certain cases and subject to certain exceptions, pay such Additional Amounts as may be necessary so that the net amount received by beneficial owners of the Notes
after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount that would have been received in the absence of such withholding or deduction. 

Redemption at the Option of the Issuer. The Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, prior to June 15, 2026, in whole but not in
part, in connection with a Change in Tax Law that results in Additional Amounts becoming due and payable in respect of payments and/or deliveries on the Notes. The Issuer also may redeem the Notes at its option on or after June 20, 2023 and
prior to March 15, 2026, in whole or in part, subject to the Partial Redemption Limit, if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares has been at least 130% of the Exchange Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or
not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive Trading Day period ending within the three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the Issuer provides Notice of Provisional Redemption at a Provisional Redemption

  
 24 

 
Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Provisional Redemption Date. No sinking fund is provided for the
Notes. 
 Repurchase at the Option of the Holder Upon a Fundamental Change. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the
Issuer shall become obligated, at the option of the Holder, to repurchase the Notes if a Fundamental Change (other than an Exempted Fundamental Change) occurs at a repurchase price specified in the Indenture. 

Exchange. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of the Indenture (including without limitation the conditions of exchange
of this Note set forth in Article 7 thereof), the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to exchange the principal amount hereof or a certain
portion specified in the Indenture of such principal amount into Ordinary Shares at the applicable Exchange Rate. The Exchange Rate (and equivalent Exchange Price) are set forth in the Indenture and subject to adjustment in certain events described
in the Indenture. Upon exchange, the Issuer will deliver or cause to be delivered, as applicable, cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares as set forth in the Indenture. No fractional Ordinary Share will be issued upon any
exchange, but a payment in cash will be made, as provided in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of an Ordinary Share which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Notes for exchange. Notes in respect of which a Holder is
exercising its right to require repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date may be exchanged only if such Holder withdraws the related election to exercise such right in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. In case of certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership or reorganization involving the Issuer or the Guarantor, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be due and payable immediately without action by any Holder or the Trustee. 

In the event of a deposit or withdrawal of an interest in this Note, including an exchange, transfer, repurchase, redemption or exchange of
this Note in part only, the Trustee, as custodian of the Depositary, shall make an adjustment on its records to reflect such deposit or withdrawal in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary. 

Acceleration of Maturity. Subject to certain exceptions in the Indenture, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the
principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, through such date on all the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. 

Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders; Waiver of Past Defaults. The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein
provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any time by the Issuer and the Trustee with the consent of the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, on behalf of
the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer and the Guarantor with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past Defaults and Events of Default under the Indenture and their

  
 25 

 
consequences (other than with respect to non-payment, a failure to satisfy the Exchange Obligation or a provision that cannot be waived without the consent
of each Holder affected). Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of any provision of or applicable to this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration
of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. 

Registration of Transfer and Exchange. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer
of this Note is registrable in the Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Issuer specified in accordance with the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his/her attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal
amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. 
 No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Issuer and the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee and the Registrar and any agent of
the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected
by notice to the contrary. 
 Denominations. The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations of $200,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, as provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth. Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as
requested by the Holder surrendering the same pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
 This Note and any claim, controversy or dispute
arising under or related to this Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 All
terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

  
 26 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

For value received                      hereby sell(s),
assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                     (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and
hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                      attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Issuer, with full power of
substitution in the premises. 
 In connection with any transfer of a Restricted Note occurring prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, as defined
in the Indenture governing such Restricted Note, the undersigned confirms that such Restricted Note is being transferred: 
  

	 	☐	 To Jazz Investments I Limited, Jazz Pharmaceuticals Public Limited Company or a respective subsidiary thereof;
or 

  

	 	☐	 Pursuant to a registration statement which has become effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
or 

  

	 	☐	 To a qualified institutional buyer in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

  

	 	☐	 Pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or any other
available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF THE THIRD
BOX ABOVE IS CHECKED 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Restricted Note for its own account or an account
with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
	   Date:
	 	  
	 		 	Signed:	 	  

 Unless one of the above boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Restricted Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof, provided that if the fourth box is checked, the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the
Notes, in its sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a
transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

  
 27 

 If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this
Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 3.10 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied. If this Note is not a Restricted
Note, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register such Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 3.10 of the
Indenture shall have been satisfied. 
  

	
	Dated:                                     
                                         
         
	
	  

	  

	Signature(s)
	
	  
 Signature Guarantee

	
	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities
and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.

 NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular
without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 

  
 28 

 EXCHANGE NOTICE 

If you want to exchange this Note into Ordinary Shares of the Guarantor, check the box: 

To exchange only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be exchanged (provided that the principal amount of this Note not so
exchanged is $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof): 
 $         

If you want the share certificate, if any, made out in another person’s name, fill in the form below: 

 
  

(Insert other person’s social security or tax ID no.) 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type other person’s
name, address and zip code) 
 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                       
 Note: Signatures
must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Note Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such
other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 29 

 [Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice] 

 

	To:	 U.S. Bank National Association 

Corporate Trust Services 
 Global Corporate Trust Services 

Mailcode: EP-MN-WS3C 

60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, MN 55107-2292 

Attention: Rick Prokosch 
 Facsimile: (651) 466-7430 
 The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from
Jazz Investments I Limited (the “Issuer” or the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Issuer and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the
Issuer to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (provided that the principal amount of
this Note not so repurchased is $200,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and
on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below: 

Dated:                      

 

	
	  
 Signature(s)

	
	  

	Social Security or Other Taxpayer
	
	Identification Number
	
	 Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all):

$         ,000

 NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the
face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. 

  
 30 

 ARTICLE 3 

THE SECURITIES 

Section 3.01    Title and Terms; Payments. 

The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $850,000,000 (as
may be increased by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of any additional Notes purchased by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the exercise of their option to purchase additional Notes as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, the
“Initial Notes”), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.10, 5.06, 7.02(c) or 8.06. The
Issuer may, from time to time after the execution of this Indenture, without the consent of, or notice to, the Holders, reopen this Indenture and execute and deliver to the Trustee for authentication Additional Notes of an unlimited aggregate
principal amount, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Additional Notes to or upon receipt of a Company Order, without any further action by the Issuer hereunder; provided, however, that (1) if any such
Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for securities laws purposes or the U.S. federal income tax purposes, any such Additional Notes will have one or more separate CUSIP numbers so long as they remain not fungible; (2) such
Additional Notes must be issued pursuant to the same terms (other than the issue price, the issue date, when interest begins accruing, and the first interest payment date, with respect to such Additional Notes, and, if applicable, restrictions on
transfer in respect of such Additional Notes) as the Initial Notes; and (3) the Trustee must receive an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such issuance of Additional Notes complies with the provisions of this Indenture, including
each provision of this paragraph. 
 The Notes shall be known and designated as the “2.000% Exchangeable Senior Notes due 2026” of
the Issuer. The principal amount shall be payable on the Maturity Date. 
 The principal amount of Physical Notes shall be payable at the
office of the Paying Agent, which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office, and at any other office or agency maintained by the Issuer for such purpose. Interest on Physical Notes will be payable (i) to Holders holding Physical Notes
having an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or less of Notes, by check mailed to such Holders at the address set forth in the Register and (ii) to Holders holding Physical Notes having an aggregate principal amount of more than
$5,000,000 of Notes, either by check mailed to such Holders or, upon written application by a Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date for such interest payment, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such
Holder’s account within the United States if such Holder has provided the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent with the requisite information necessary to make such wire transfer, which application shall remain in effect until
the Holder notifies the Registrar to the contrary in writing. The Issuer will pay, or cause to be paid through the Paying Agent, the principal of, and interest on, Global Notes in immediately available funds to The Depository Trust Company or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of such Global Note, on each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or other payment date, as the case may be. 

  
 31 

 Any Notes repurchased by the Issuer or the Guarantor will be retired and no longer
outstanding hereunder. 
 Section 3.02    Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form
without coupons and in denominations of $200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

Section 3.03    Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the
Issuer by an Officer. 
 Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time an Officer of the Issuer shall
bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to
the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes. The Company Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated, and shall further specify the amount of such Notes to be issued
as a Global Notes or as Physical Notes. The Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise. 

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly
authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
 Section 3.04    Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of
Physical Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination,
substantially of the tenor of the Physical Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Officer executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by such
Officer’s execution of such Notes; provided, that any such temporary Notes shall bear legends on the face of such Notes as set forth in Section 2.02. 

If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Physical Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of
Physical Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations. Until so
exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Physical Notes. 

  
 32 

 Section 3.05    Registration; Registration of Transfer and
Exchange. 
 (a)    The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the applicable Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 4.02 being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Register”) in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Registrar” (the “Registrar”) for the purpose of registering
Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. 
 Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or
agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 4.02 for such purpose, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any
authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, each such Note bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture (including Sections 2.02, 3.06 and 3.10). 

At the option of the Holder and subject to the other provisions of Section 3.06 and to Section 3.10, Notes may be
exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall
execute, and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer,
evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the
Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his/her attorney duly authorized in writing. As a condition to the
registration of transfer of any Restricted Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee may require evidence satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend on such Notes. 

Neither the Issuer nor the Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note in the circumstances set
forth in Section 3.10(a)(iv). 
 (b)    Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary
(collectively, the “Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf any Agent Member may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee
thereof, or under any such Global Note, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee as the absolute owner

  
 33 

 
and Holder of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person on whose behalf Agent Members may act
with respect to (i) any ownership interests in the Global Note, (ii) the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee, (iii) any notice required hereunder or (iv) any payments under or with respect to the Global Note.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of
the rights of a Holder of any Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 Section 3.06    Transfer Restrictions. 

(a)    Restricted Notes. 

(i)    Every Note (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, except any
Ordinary Shares issued upon exchange thereof, to which the provisions of Section 3.06(b)(ii) below shall apply) that bears, or that is required under this Section 3.06 to bear, the Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed to be a
“Restricted Note.” Each Restricted Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Notes Legend) and will bear a restricted CUSIP number for the Notes unless such
restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Issuer, and each Holder of a Restricted Note, by such Holder’s acceptance of such Restricted Note, will be deemed to be bound by the restrictions on transfer
applicable to such Restricted Note. 
 (ii)    Until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any
Restricted Note (or any security issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, except any Ordinary Shares issued upon the exchange thereof, to which the provisions of Section 3.06(b)(ii) below shall apply) issued under this Indenture, if
any, will bear the Restricted Notes Legend unless: 
 (A)    such Note, since last held by the Issuer or
the Guarantor or an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144), if ever, was transferred (1) to a Person other than (x) the Issuer or the Guarantor or (y) an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor
(within the meaning of Rule 144) or a Person that was an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the three months immediately preceding such transfer and (2) pursuant to a registration statement that was
effective under the Securities Act at the time of such transfer; 

  
 34 

 (B)    such Note was transferred (1) to a Person
other than (x) the Issuer or the Guarantor or (y) an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144) or a Person that was an affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144) within the
three months immediately preceding such transfer and (2) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act; or 

(C)    the Issuer delivers written notice to the Trustee and the Registrar stating that the Restricted
Notes Legend may be removed from such Note and all Applicable Procedures have been complied with, if applicable. 

(iii)    In addition, until the Resale Restriction Termination Date, no transfer of any Restricted Note
will be registered by the Registrar prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date unless the transferring Holder delivers the form of assignment set forth on the Restricted Note, with the appropriate box checked, to the Trustee. 

(iv)    Any Note that is repurchased or owned by any affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantor (within the
meaning of Rule 144) may not be resold by such affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such note no longer
being a “restricted security” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act). 
 (v)    On
and after the Resale Restriction Termination Date, any Note (or any security issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof, except any Ordinary Shares issued upon the exchange thereof) will bear the Restricted Notes Legend at any time the
Issuer reasonably determinates that, to comply with law, such Note (or such securities issued in exchange for or substitution of a Note) must bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

(b)    Restricted Stock. 

(i)    Every Ordinary Share that bears, or that is required under this Section 3.06 to bear, the
Restricted Stock Legend will be deemed to be “Restricted Stock.” Each share of Restricted Stock will be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Indenture (including in the Restricted Stock Legend) and may bear a
restricted CUSIP number unless such restrictions on transfer are eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Issuer, and each Holder of Restricted Stock, by such Holder’s acceptance of Restricted Stock, will be deemed to be bound
by the restrictions on transfer applicable to such Restricted Stock. 
 (ii)    Until the Resale
Restriction Termination Date, any Ordinary Shares issued upon the exchange of a Restricted Note, will bear the Restricted 

  
 35 

 
Stock Legend unless the Issuer delivers written notice to the Trustee, the Registrar and Ordinary Share Depositary (and/or other transfer agent for the Ordinary Shares) stating that such Ordinary
Shares need not bear the Restricted Stock Legend. 
 (iii)    On and after the Resale Restriction
Termination Date, Ordinary Shares issued upon the exchange of a Restricted Note, if any, will bear the Restricted Stock Legend at any time the Issuer reasonably determinates that, to comply with law, such Ordinary Shares must bear the Restricted
Stock Legend. 
 (c)    As used in this Section 3.06, the term “transfer” means any
sale, pledge, transfer, loan, hypothecation or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Note, any interest therein or any Restricted Stock. 

Section 3.07    Expiration of Restrictions. 

(a)    Physical Notes. Any Physical Note (or any security issued in exchange or substitution
therefor) that does not constitute a Restricted Note may be exchanged for a new Note or Notes of like tenor and aggregate principal amount that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend required by Section 3.06. To exercise such right of
exchange, the Holder of such Note must surrender such Note in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.10 and deliver any additional documentation reasonably required by the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar in connection with such
exchange. 
 (b)    Global Notes; Resale Restriction Termination Date. 

(i)    If, on the Free Trade Date, or the next succeeding Business Day if the Free Trade Date is not a
Business Day, any Initial Notes are represented by a Global Note that is a Restricted Note (any such Global Note, a “Restricted Global Note”), as promptly as practicable, the Issuer will automatically exchange every beneficial
interest in each such Restricted Global Note for beneficial interests in Global Notes that are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend and in Section 3.06 hereof. 

(ii)    To effect such automatic exchange, the Issuer will (A) deliver to the Depositary an
instruction letter for the Depositary’s mandatory exchange process (and/or otherwise comply with any Applicable Procedures) and (B) deliver to each of the Trustee and the Registrar a notice of the occurrence of the Free Trade Date. Until
such time as the Issuer provides such instruction letter to the Depositary notifying and confirming to the Depositary that the restricted period for the Notes has elapsed and instructing the Depositary to exchange all “restricted
securities” represented by the restricted CUSIP for “unrestricted securities” represented by an unrestricted CUSIP (and/or otherwise complies with the Applicable Procedures) and the Depositary moves the Initial Notes from a restricted
CUSIP number to an unrestricted CUSIP number in accordance with its Applicable Procedures, the restricted CUSIP will be the CUSIP number for the Initial Notes. At such time as the Issuer provides such instruction letter to the

  
 36 

 
Depositary (and/or otherwise complies with the Applicable Procedures) and the Depositary has moved all Initial Notes represented by a restricted CUSIP number to an unrestricted CUSIP number, the
Restricted Notes Legend will be deemed removed from any Global Note and an unrestricted CUSIP number for the Initial Notes will be deemed to be the CUSIP number for the Initial Notes (the date thereof will be known as the “Resale Restriction
Termination Date”). 
 (iii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 3.07(b)(i)
or (ii), the Issuer will not be required to effect removal of the Restrictive Notes Legend applicable to the Global Notes if it reasonably believes that removal of the Restricted Notes Legend or the changes to the CUSIP numbers for the Notes could
result in or facilitate transfers of the Notes in violation of applicable law; provided, however that the Issuer shall remain liable for Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to Section 4.06 for failure to remove such
Restrictive Notes Legend. 
 Section 3.08    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If any mutilated
Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

If there shall be delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Note and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 3.08, the Issuer may require
payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 3.08 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes
duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and
remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

  
 37 

 Section 3.09    Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due
presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or the Registrar may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the
Register as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of the principal of such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar nor
any agent of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Section 3.10    Transfer and Exchange. 

(a)    Provisions Applicable to All Transfers and Exchanges. 

(i)    Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3.10, Physical Notes and beneficial
interests in Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged from time to time as desired, and each such transfer or exchange will be noted by the Registrar in the Register. 

(ii)    All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange in accordance with this Indenture
will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(iii)    No service charge will be imposed on any Holder of a Physical Note or any owner of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note for any exchange or registration of transfer, but each of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar may require such Holder or owner of a beneficial interest to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessment or
other governmental charge imposed in connection with such registration of transfer or exchange (other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04 not involving any transfer). 

(iv)    Unless the Issuer specifies otherwise, none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar or any co-Registrar will be required to exchange or register a transfer of any Note (i) that has been surrendered for exchange pursuant to Article 7, (ii) as to which Section 5.06 is applicable or (iii) as
to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn, except to the extent any portion of such Note is not subject to the foregoing. 

(v)    The Trustee will have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with
any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants or beneficial owners of interests in any
Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. The Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever for the actions of the Depositary. 

  
 38 

 (b)    In General; Transfer and Exchange of
Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, except to the extent required by Section 3.10(c): 

(i)    all Notes will be represented by one or more Global Notes; 

(ii)    every transfer and exchange of a beneficial interest in a Global Note will be effected through the
Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the provisions of this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 3.06); and 

(iii)    each Global Note may be transferred only as a whole and only (A) by the Depositary to a
nominee of the Depositary, (B) by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or (C) by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 

(c)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Global Note will be exchanged for
Physical Notes only if: 
 (A)    the Depositary notifies the Issuer that is unwilling or unable to
continue to act as Depositary for the Global Note and a successor Depositary is not appointed within 90 days; 

(B)    the Depositary is no longer registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor
Depositary is not appointed within 90 days; or 
 (C)    an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Depositary requests that the Physical Notes be issued in exchange for the Global Note. 
 In each such
case, each Global Note will be deemed surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Trustee will cause each Global Note to be cancelled in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and the Issuer, in accordance with Section 3.03, will
promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee will, in accordance with Section 3.03, promptly authenticate and deliver, for each beneficial interest in each Global Note so exchanged, an aggregate principal amount of
Physical Notes equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest, registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary specifies, and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear
under Section 3.06. 

  
 39 

 (ii)    In addition, if the Issuer, in its sole
discretion, determines that any beneficial interest in a Global Note will be exchangeable for Physical Notes: 

(A)    the Registrar will deliver notice of such request to the Issuer and the Trustee, which notice will
identify the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest and the CUSIP of the relevant Global Note; 

(B)    the Issuer will, in accordance with Section 3.03, promptly execute, and, upon receipt of a
Company Order, the Trustee, in accordance with Section 3.03, will promptly authenticate and deliver, to such owner, for the beneficial interest so exchanged by the owner of the applicable beneficial interest, Physical Notes registered in such
owner’s name having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such beneficial interest and bearing any legends that such Physical Notes are required to bear under Section 3.06; and 

(C)    the Registrar, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will cause the principal amount of
such Global Note to be decreased by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest so exchanged. 
 If all of the beneficial
interests in a Global Note are so exchanged, such Global Note will be deemed surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Trustee will cause such Global Note to be cancelled in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. 

(d)    Transfer and Exchange of Physical Notes. 

(i)    If Physical Notes are issued, a Holder may transfer a Physical Note by: (A) surrendering such
Physical Note for registration of transfer to the Registrar, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any
documentation that the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar reasonably require to ensure that such transfer complies with Section 3.06 and any applicable securities laws; and (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set
forth in this Section 3.10 and Section 3.06. Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B) and (C), the Issuer, in accordance with Section 3.03, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a
Company Order, will, in accordance with Section 3.03, promptly authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Physical Notes, of any authorized denominations, having like aggregate principal
amount and bearing any restrictive legends required by Section 3.06. 
 (ii)    If Physical Notes
are issued, a Holder may exchange a Physical Note for other Physical Notes of any authorized denominations and aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be exchanged by surrendering such Notes, together with
any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Registrar, 

  
 40 

 
at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for such purposes pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever a Holder surrenders Notes for exchange, the Issuer, in accordance with
Section 3.03, will promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, will, in accordance with Section 3.03, promptly authenticate and deliver the Notes that such Holder is entitled to receive,
bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding and any restrictive legends that such Physical Notes are to bear under Section 3.06. 

(iii)    If Physical Notes are issued while any Global Note is outstanding, a Holder may transfer or
exchange a Physical Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note by (A) surrendering such Physical Note for registration of transfer or exchange, together with any endorsements or instruments of transfer required by any of the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Registrar, at any office or agency maintained by the Issuer for such purposes pursuant to Section 4.02; (B) if such Physical Note is a Restricted Note, delivering any documentation the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee or the
Registrar reasonably require to ensure that such transfer complies with Section 3.06 and any applicable securities laws; (C) satisfying all other requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 3.10 and Section 3.06; and
(D) providing written instructions to the Trustee to make, or to direct the Registrar to make, an adjustment in its books and records with respect to the applicable Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the
Notes represented by such Global Note, which instructions will contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase; provided that no Holder of a Physical Note that is a Restricted Note may exchange such
Physical Note for an interest in a Global Note unless such Global Note is a Restricted Note subject to the same restrictions under Section 3.06 (including the same expiration of any holding periods under Rule 144) or the Issuer otherwise
consents in writing to such exchange. Upon the satisfaction of conditions (A), (B), (C) and (D), the Trustee will cancel such Physical Note and cause, or direct the Registrar to cause, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note, and will credit or cause to be credited the account of the Person specified in the instructions provided by the
exchanging Holder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Physical Note. 

Section 3.11    Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold. The
Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, purchase, repurchase, exchange (pursuant to Article 7 hereof) or cancellation in accordance with its customary practices. If the Issuer or the Guarantor
shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Notes so acquired, while
held by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, 

  
 41 

 
shall not entitle the Holder thereof to exchange the Notes. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid in full or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Issuer and
the Guarantor may from time to time repurchase Notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions without giving prior notice to Holders. Any Notes repurchased by the Issuer or the Guarantor will be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation
pursuant to this Section 3.11. 
 The Registrar shall retain, in accordance with its customary procedures, copies of all letters,
notices and other written communications received pursuant to this Section 3.11. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of
reasonable written notice to the Registrar. 
 Section 3.12    CUSIP Numbers. In issuing the Notes, the
Issuer may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption or Fundamental Change Notices as a convenience to Holders; provided that the Trustee
shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP numbers as they appear on any Notes, notice, or elsewhere and; provided further, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such
numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 

Section 3.13    Payment and Computation of Interest. The Notes will bear cash interest at a rate of 2.000% per
year until maturity. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, June 11, 2020. Interest will be paid semiannually in
arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2020. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. 

Section 3.14    Business Day. If any Interest Payment Date, the Maturity Date, any Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date or Redemption Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such scheduled payment date, and no interest on such
payment will accrue in respect of the delay. 
 ARTICLE 4 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER 

Section 4.01    Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will pay or cause to be paid the principal of,
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, Redemption Price for and any Additional Amounts with respect to, or the Exchange Obligation with respect to, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner required under
this Indenture and the Notes. Any principal of, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, Redemption Price for, Additional Amounts with respect to, Exchange Obligation with respect to, or interest on, a Note will be considered paid on the date due if
the Paying Agent or in the case of an Exchange 

  
 42 

 
Obligation, the Exchange Agent, in each case if other than the Issuer, holds, as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date, money deposited by the Issuer and/or other Exchange
Consideration, if applicable, in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay such principal, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Redemption Price, Additional Amounts, Exchange Obligation or interest then due. Payments of
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Redemption Price, principal or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) that are not made when due will accrue interest per annum at the then-applicable interest rate from the requirement payment date.

 Section 4.02    Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

(a)    The Issuer shall maintain in the U.S. at least one office or agency of the Exchange Agent where
Notes may be presented and at least one office of the Paying Agent. The Issuer may have one or more registrars, one or more additional paying agents and one or more additional exchange agents. The term Paying Agent includes any additional paying
agents. The term Exchange Agent includes any additional exchange agents. The term Registrar includes any additional registrars. 

(b)    The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or
Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee). The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to
maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Exchange Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 11.07. The Issuer or any of its Affiliates (including the Guarantor) may act as
Paying Agent, Registrar, Exchange Agent or co-registrar. 

(c)    At any time, the Issuer may change such designation by delivering written notice to the Trustee
signed by any officer authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate and delivered to the Trustee, which notice will designate some other office or agency as the Registrar, Exchange Agent or Paying Agent, as the case may be. If at any time the
Issuer shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, Notes may be surrendered for exchange at the Corporate Trust Office of Trustee. 

Section 4.03    Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Issuer, whenever
necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 11.11, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder. 

Section 4.04    Provisions as to Paying Agent. 

(a)    The Issuer may designate additional Paying Agents, rescind the designation of any Paying Agent, or
approve a change in the office through which any Paying Agent acts. If the Issuer shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, or if the Trustee shall appoint such a Paying Agent, the Issuer will cause such Paying Agent to

  
 43 

 
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04: 

(i)    that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of (including
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes (whether such sums have been paid to it by the Issuer or by any other obligor on the Notes) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes;

 (ii)    that it will give the Trustee written notice of any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantor (or
by any other obligor on the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and 

(iii)    that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it
will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust. 
 (b)    The Issuer shall, on or before
each due date of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum (in funds which are immediately available on the due date for
such payment) sufficient to pay such principal or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action; provided, however, that if such deposit is made
on the due date, such deposit shall be received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such date. 

(c)    If the Issuer or the Guarantor shall act Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the
principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal
or interest so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Issuer or the Guarantor (or any other obligor under the Notes) to make any payment of the principal of (including the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes when the same shall become due and payable. 

(d)    Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer may, at any time, for
the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such
sums to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment by the Issuer or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Issuer or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums. 

(e)    Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to hold sums in
trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to Section 13.03 and Section 13.04. 

  
 44 

 The Trustee shall not be responsible for the actions of any other Paying Agents (including
the Issuer or the Guarantor if acting as Paying Agent) and shall have no control of any funds held by such other Paying Agents. 

Section 4.05    Existence. Subject to Article 10, each of the Issuer and the Guarantor will do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such right if the
Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable. 

Section 4.06    Additional Interest. 

(a)    If, at any time during the six-month period beginning on,
and including, the date which is six months after the Last Date of Original Issuance of any of the Initial Notes, the Guarantor fails to have timely filed any document or report that the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable (after giving effect to all applicable grace periods thereunder and other than reports on Form 8-K), or the Initial Notes are not otherwise Freely
Tradable, the Issuer shall pay Additional Interest on the Initial Notes. Additional Interest shall accrue at the rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Initial Notes for the first 90 days for which the Guarantor’s failure to
file has occurred and is continuing and at a rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Initial Notes for the remaining portion of such period; provided that such Additional Interest shall cease to accrue on the date that is one year
from the Last Date of Original Issuance of any of the Initial Notes. 
 (b)    Further, if, and for so
long as, the Restrictive Notes Legend has not been removed from the Initial Notes, the Initial Notes are assigned a restricted CUSIP number or the Initial Notes are not otherwise Freely Tradable as of the 380th day after the Last Date of Original
Issuance of any of the Initial Notes, the Issuer shall pay Additional Interest on the Initial Notes. Such Additional Interest will accrue on the Initial Notes from the 381st day after the Last
Date of Original Issuance of any of the Initial Notes at the rate of 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of Initial Notes outstanding until the Restrictive Notes Legend has been removed, the Initial Notes are assigned an unrestricted CUSIP
number and the Initial Notes are Freely Tradable. 
 (c)    In no event shall Additional Interest payable
pursuant to this Section 4.06 accrue, together with any Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 9.04(b), at a rate per year in excess of 0.50% per annum, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to
requirements to pay such Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 4.06 or pursuant to Article 9. 

(d)    Additional Interest that is payable pursuant to this Section 4.06 shall be payable in arrears
on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as regular interest on the Notes and shall be separate and distinct from, and in addition to, any Additional Interest that may accrue at the Issuer’s election as the sole remedy
relating to a Reporting Default. 

  
 45 

 (e)    The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the
Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of any Additional Interest that has become due and payable. Such notice shall include reference to the event that caused the Additional Interest to become due, the Additional Interest rate, and the
date that such Additional Interest shall begin to accrue from. If Additional Interest shall cease to accrue, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing. 

(f)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to pay Additional Interest with
respect to any failure to timely file any report, if the Notes are not eligible for resale under Rule 144 or if the Notes are not Freely Tradable, in each case as required under this Section 4.06 (i) on any date on which (a) the Issuer and
the Guarantor have filed a shelf registration statement for the resale of the Notes (including the Guarantee) and any Ordinary Shares issuable upon exchange of the Notes, (b) such shelf registration statement is effective and usable by Holders
identified therein as selling security holders for the resale of the Notes, the Guarantee and any Ordinary Shares issued upon exchange of the notes, (c) the Holders may register the resale of their Notes under such shelf registration statement
on terms customary for the resale of exchangeable securities offered in reliance on Rule 144A and (d) the Notes and/or Ordinary Shares sold pursuant to such shelf registration statement become Freely Tradable as a result of such sale, or
(ii) once the Issuer has complied with the requirements set forth in clause (i) above for a period of two years. 

Section 4.07    Rule 144A Information Requirement and Annual Reports. The Issuer covenants that any annual or
quarterly reports (on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q or any successor form) that the Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act shall be filed by the Issuer with the Trustee within 15 calendar days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission (giving effect to any grace period provided by Rule 12b-25 or
any successor rule under the Exchange Act); provided that in each case the delivery of materials to the Trustee by electronic means or filing of documents pursuant to the Commission’s “EDGAR” system (or any successor thereto)
shall be deemed to constitute “filing” with the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.07; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine if such reports have been filed. Delivery of such
reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained
therein, including the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates). 

At any time the Guarantor is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall, so long as any of the Notes or
Ordinary Shares delivered upon exchange of the Notes will, at such time, constitute “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, promptly provide to the Trustee and will, upon written request,
provide to any Holder, beneficial owner or prospective purchaser of such Notes or such Ordinary Shares, as applicable, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act to facilitate the resale of such
Notes or such Ordinary Shares, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144A. 

  
 46 

 The Issuer and the Guarantor will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial owner
of such Notes or such Ordinary Shares, as applicable, may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial owner to sell such Notes or such Ordinary Shares, as applicable, in accordance with Rule 144A. 

Section 4.08    Stay; Extension and Usury Laws. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Issuer or the
Guarantor from paying all or any portion of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture and each of the Issuer and the Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will
not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

Section 4.09    Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee,
within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020), an Officer’s Certificate, indicating whether the signer thereof knows of any Default or
Event of Default that occurred during the previous fiscal year and specifying all such Defaults or Events of Default, the nature and the status thereof and the actions which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto. 

The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 calendar days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of
Default, a written notice of such Default or Event of Default, its status and the action which the Issuer proposes to take with respect thereto; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to deliver such notice if such
Default or Event of Default has been cured. 
 Section 4.10    Additional Amounts.  

(a)    All payments and deliveries made by or on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantor, or any successor to
the Issuer or the Guarantor under or with respect to the Notes, including, but not limited to, payments of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), premium, if any, payments of interest and
payments of cash and/or deliveries of Ordinary Shares (together with payments of cash for any fractional Ordinary Share) upon exchange and any payments under the Guarantee pursuant to Article 15, shall be made without withholding or deduction for,
or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied (including any penalties and interest related thereto) (“Applicable Taxes”) by or within
(1) Ireland (meaning Ireland exclusive of Northern Ireland) or Bermuda (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein), (2) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or the Guarantor or any of their successors are, for tax
purposes, incorporated, organized or resident, or as a result of activities carried on by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any successor, has otherwise 

  
 47 

 
created a taxable presence (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) or (3) any jurisdiction through which payment is made or deemed made (or any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein) (each jurisdiction described in (1), (2) or (3), as applicable, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless such withholding or deduction is required by any applicable law of a
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or by the interpretation or administration thereof. The Issuer, the Guarantor, any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor, and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction pursuant to an
agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder or agreement entered into thereunder or any official interpretation
thereof. In the event that any such withholding or deduction is so required in a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the Issuer or the Guarantor, as appropriate, shall pay to the Holder of each Note such additional amounts (the “Additional
Amounts”) as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount received by the beneficial owner after such withholding or deduction (and after deducting any Applicable Taxes on the Additional Amounts) under a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction will
equal the amounts that would have been received by such beneficial owner had no such withholding or deduction been required; provided that no additional amounts will be payable: 

(i)    for or on account of: 

(A)    any Applicable Taxes that would not have been imposed but for: 

(1)    the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or beneficial owner
of such Note and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than merely acquiring or holding such Note or the receipt of payments or the exercise or enforcement of rights under the Notes or the Guarantee), including, without limitation, such Holder or
beneficial owner being or having been a national, domiciliary or resident of, or incorporated in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or treated as a resident thereof or being or having been physically present or engaged in a trade or business therein
or having or having had a permanent establishment therein; 
 (2)    the presentation of such Note (in
cases in which presentation is required) more than 30 days after the later of the date on which the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), premium, if any, and interest on
or payments of cash and/or deliveries of Ordinary Shares upon exchange of, such Note became due and payable pursuant to the terms thereof or was made or duly provided for (except to the extent that the Holder or beneficial owner would have been
entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30 day period); or 

  
 48 

 (3)    the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner to
provide a declaration of non-residence or other similar claim for exemption or to present any applicable form or certificate, in each case, within, a reasonable period of time following a timely and reasonable
written request from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor; provided that the Holder or beneficial owner is legally entitled to provide such declaration, claim form or certificate and that upon the making
of such declaration or claim or presentation of such form or certificate, the Holder or beneficial owner would have been able to avoid, eliminate or reduce such deduction or withholding; 

(B)    any estate, inheritance, gift, sale, excise, transfer, personal property or similar Applicable
Taxes; 
 (C)    any Applicable Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from
payments under or with respect to the Notes; 
 (D)    any taxes payable by or on behalf of a Holder who
would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the Notes or request for payment under the Guarantee to another Paying Agent designated by the Issuer pursuant to this Indenture; 

(E)    any Applicable Taxes imposed or withheld by reason of the failure of the Holder or beneficial owner
of the Notes to comply with the requirements of Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version of such sections that is substantively comparable) (“FATCA”), the U.S. Treasury Regulations issued
thereunder or any official interpretation thereof or any intergovernmental agreement or agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or any law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any jurisdiction implementing
FATCA or an intergovernmental agreement; and 
 (F)    any combination of Applicable Taxes referred to
in the preceding clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), 
 (ii)    with respect to any payment of the
principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), premium, if any, and interest on, or payments of cash and/or deliveries of Ordinary Shares upon exchange of such Note to a Holder, if the Holder is
a fiduciary, partnership or person, other than the sole beneficial owner of that payment, to the extent that such payment would be required under the laws of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to be included for tax purposes in the income of a
beneficiary or settlor with respect to the fiduciary, a member of that partnership or a beneficial owner who would not have been entitled to such Additional Amounts had that beneficiary, settlor, partner or beneficial owner been the Holder thereof.

  
 49 

 (b)    In addition to the foregoing, the Issuer shall
also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, value added, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies or taxes (including penalties, interest and any other
reasonable expenses related thereto) which are levied by any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (“Transfer Taxes”) on the execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of any of the Notes, the Indenture or any other document or
instrument referred to therein or the receipt of payments with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification provided in this paragraph shall not include any Transfer Taxes arising from the transfer of Notes in the ordinary
course. 
 (c)    If the Issuer or the Guarantor become after the Issue Date obligated to pay Additional
Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises after the
30th day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer shall notify the Trustee promptly thereafter) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The
Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agent or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be
entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional
Amounts. 
 (d)    The Issuer, the Guarantor, any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor, and the
Paying Agent, as appropriate, shall make all withholdings and deductions required by law and shall remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with applicable law. Upon request, the Issuer shall provide
to the Trustee an official receipt or, if official receipts are not customarily provided by the Relevant Taxing Authority, other documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of any Applicable Taxes so deducted or
withheld. The Issuer will attach to each certified copy or other document a certificate stating the amount of such Applicable Taxes paid per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Upon written request, copies of those receipts or
other documentation, as the case may be, shall be made available by the Trustee to the Holders of the Notes. 

(e)    Whenever there is mentioned in any context the payment of cash and/or the delivery of Ordinary
Shares (together with payments of cash for fractional Ordinary Shares) upon exchange of the Notes or the payment of principal of (including Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), and any premium or interest, on,
any Note or any other amount payable with respect to such Note, such mention shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts provided for in the Indenture to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable
in respect thereof pursuant to this Section 4.10(a). 
 (f)    The above obligations in this
Section 4.10 will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor. 

  
 50 

 Section 4.11    Listing of the Notes. The Issuer will use
its commercially reasonable efforts to procure approval for the listing of the Notes on the Bermuda Stock Exchange (or on another recognized stock exchange for the purposes of Section 64 of the Taxes Consolidation Act 1997 of Ireland) prior to
December 15, 2020. Additionally, the Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Notes on the Global Exchange Market operated under the supervision of the Bermuda Stock Exchange, provided that if at any
time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such a listing, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a listing of the Notes on another recognized stock exchange for the purposes of Section 64 of the Taxes
Consolidation Act 1997 of Ireland. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that no withholding or deduction for or on account of Applicable Taxes by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction is reasonably expected to be required on payments and/or
deliveries on the Notes if the Notes are not so listed on any such recognized stock exchange, the Issuer will be under no obligation to so list (or maintain the listing of) them on any such recognized stock exchange. The Issuer shall promptly notify
the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 ARTICLE 5 

REDEMPTION 

Section 5.01    Optional Redemption 

(a)    Optional Redemption for Changes in the Tax Laws of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction. 

(i)    Prior to June 15, 2026, if the Issuer has, or on the next Interest Payment Date would, become
obligated to pay to any Holder Additional Amounts as a result of (A) any change or amendment on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction was not a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on such date, the date
on which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction hereunder, and in the case of a successor to the Issuer, after the date such successor assumes all of its obligations under the Notes and hereunder) in the laws or any
rules or regulations of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (B) any change or amendment on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum (or, if the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction was not a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction on such date, the date on
which such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction became a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction hereunder, and in the case of a successor to the Issuer, after the date such successor assumes all of its obligations under the Notes and hereunder), in an interpretation,
administration or application of such laws, rules or regulations by any legislative body, court, governmental agency, taxing authority or regulatory or administrative authority of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including the enactment of any
legislation and the formal announcement or publication of any judicial decision or regulatory or administrative interpretation or determination) (a “Change in Tax Law”), the Issuer may at its option redeem for cash all but not part
of the Notes then outstanding (except in respect of Excluded Holders that have complied with Section 5.03(b)) at a redemption price (the “Tax Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest to, but excluding, 

  
 51 

 
the Tax Redemption Date, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Additional Amounts with respect to such Tax Redemption Price and accrued and unpaid interest (such redemption, a “Tax
Redemption”); provided, that the Issuer may only elect a Tax Redemption if (x) the Issuer cannot avoid these obligations by taking commercially reasonable measures available to it, and (y) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee
an opinion of outside legal counsel of recognized standing in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction attesting to such Change in Tax Law and obligation to pay Additional Amounts (which opinion, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be required to include
an opinion as to whether “commercially reasonable efforts” could be undertaken to avoid the otherwise applicable obligations); provided, that changing the Guarantor’s and/or the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation is not a
commercially reasonable measure for the purposes of this Section 5.01(a). If the Tax Redemption Date occurs after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Issuer will pay the full amount of accrued
and unpaid interest and any Additional Amounts with respect to such interest, due on such Interest Payment Date to the record Holder of the Notes on the Regular Record Date corresponding to such Interest Payment Date, and the Tax Redemption Price
payable to the Holder that presents a Note for Tax Redemption will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Additional Amounts with respect to such Tax Redemption Price. 

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the Issuer may not redeem the Notes in
the case that Additional Amounts are, or as a result of a Change in Tax Law would be, payable in respect of Irish withholding tax if no Additional Amounts would be payable if the Notes were listed on a recognized stock exchange for Irish tax
purposes on the next Interest Payment Date and (ii) no Notice of Tax Redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would, but for such Tax Redemption, be obligated to make payments of Additional
Amounts and at the time any such Notice of Tax Redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts must remain in effect. 

(b)    Provisional Redemption on or after June 20, 2023. On or after
June 20, 2023 and prior to March 15, 2026, the Issuer may redeem for cash all or any portion of the Notes then outstanding (subject to the Partial Redemption Limit) if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares has been at least
130% of the Exchange Price then in effect for at least 20 Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive Trading Day period ending within the three Trading Days immediately preceding the date on which the Issuer provides a
Notice of Provisional Redemption. The redemption price (the “Provisional Redemption Price”) will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the
Provisional Redemption Date (such redemption, a “Provisional Redemption”); provided that if the Provisional Redemption Date occurs after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the
Issuer will pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest due on such Interest Payment Date to the record Holder of the Notes at the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date 

  
 52 

 
corresponding to such Interest Payment Date, and the Provisional Redemption Price payable to the Holder who presents a Note for Provisional Redemption will be equal to 100% of the principal
amount of such Notes. If the Issuer elects to redeem fewer than all of the outstanding Notes (a “Partial Redemption”), at least $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes must be outstanding and not subject to Provisional
Redemption pursuant to the relevant Notice of Provisional Redemption as of the related Redemption Notice Date (such aggregate principal amount, the “Partial Redemption Limit”). 

(c)    No Notes may be redeemed in a Tax Redemption or a Provisional Redemption if the principal amount of
the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to the applicable Redemption Date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Issuer in the payment of the applicable Redemption
Price with respect to such date). 
 Section 5.02    Notice of Tax Redemption and Notice of Provisional
Redemption. 
 (a)    At least 45 Scheduled Trading Days but not more than 60 Scheduled Trading Days
prior to a Redemption Date in connection with a Tax Redemption or a Provisional Redemption, the Issuer shall provide (or cause the Trustee to provide) a written notice of redemption to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed (a “Notice of Tax
Redemption” or a “Notice of Provisional Redemption,” as applicable); provided, however, that if the Issuer elects, through delivery of a Settlement Notice, to settle all exchanges of Notes with an Exchange Date that occurs
on or after the Redemption Notice Date and prior to the related Redemption Date by Physical Settlement, then the Issuer may instead deliver such Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption not less than 15 nor more than 60 calendar
days prior to the Redemption Date to each Holder to be redeemed in whole or in part. As long as the Notes are held through the Depositary, such notice may be made by electronic transmission to the Depositary, as registered holder. 

The Notice of Tax Redemption and the Notice of Provisional Redemption shall specify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 (i)    the Redemption Date; 

(ii)    the Redemption Price; 

(iii)    the applicable Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the Exchange Rate; 

(iv)    the applicable Exchange Price; 

(v)    the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent; 

(vi)    that Notes called for redemption (or deemed called for redemption pursuant to Section 7.01(d)
hereof) may be exchanged at any time before the 

  
 53 

 
Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or, if the Issuer fails to pay the Redemption Price, such later date on which the Issuer pays the
Redemption Price; 
 (vii)    that Holders who want to exchange Notes must satisfy the requirements set
forth therein and in this Indenture; 
 (viii)    in the case of a Tax Redemption, that Holders have the
right to elect not to have their Notes redeemed by delivery to the Paying Agent a Notice of Tax Redemption Election; 

(ix)    in the case of a Tax Redemption, that Holders who wish to elect not to have their Notes redeemed or
to withdraw such an election must satisfy the requirements set forth herein and in the Indenture; 

(x)    in the case of a Tax Redemption, that, at and after the Tax Redemption Date, Holders who elect not
to have their Notes redeemed will not receive any Additional Amounts on any payments with respect to such Notes solely as a result of the Change in Tax Law that resulted in the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts (whether upon exchange,
required repurchase in connection with a Fundamental Change, maturity or otherwise, and whether in cash, Ordinary Shares, Reference Property or otherwise) after the Tax Redemption Date (or, if the Issuer fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price, such
later date on which the Issuer pays the Tax Redemption Price), and all future payments with respect to such Notes will be subject to the deduction or withholding of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld
as a result of such Change in Tax Law; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder electing not to have its Notes redeemed exchanges its Notes in connection with such Tax Redemption, the Issuer shall be obligated to pay such
Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such exchange; 
 (xi)    that Notes to be redeemed must be
surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation to collect the Redemption Price; 
 (xii)    that,
unless the Issuer defaults in making payment of such Redemption Price, interest will cease to accrue with respect to redeemed Notes on and after the Redemption Date; 

(xiii)    the CUSIP number(s) of the Notes subject to redemption; 

(xiv)    if Holders of Notes called for redemption (or deemed called for redemption pursuant to
Section 7.01(d) hereof) would be entitled to Additional Shares upon exchange in connection with such redemption, that Holders would be so entitled and a description of the method for determining the amount by which the Exchange Rate has been,
or would be, so increased (along with a description of how such increase is calculated and the time period during which Notes must be surrendered in order to be entitled to such increase); and 

  
 54 

 (xv)    if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to
be redeemed pursuant to a Provisional Redemption, the certificate numbers (if such Notes are held other than in global form) and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed. 

(b)    Simultaneously with providing such Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption, as
applicable, the Guarantor shall publish a notice containing this information on the Guarantor’s website or through such other public medium as the Guarantor may use at that time and will file the announcement with the Bermuda Stock Exchange as
long as the Notes are so listed. 
 (c)    At the Issuer’s written request delivered at least 3
Business Days prior to the Redemption Notice Date (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), the Trustee shall give such Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption, as applicable, as prepared by the Issuer, to
each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. 

Section 5.03    Holder’s Right to Elect in Connection with a Tax Redemption. 

(a)    Upon receiving a Notice of Tax Redemption, each Holder shall have the right to elect to not have its
Notes redeemed, in which case the Issuer will not be obligated to pay any Additional Amounts on any payment with respect to such Notes solely as a result of the Change in Tax Law that resulted in the obligation to pay such Additional Amounts
(whether upon exchange, required repurchase in connection with a Fundamental Change, maturity or otherwise, and whether in cash, Ordinary Shares, Reference Property or otherwise) after the Tax Redemption Date (or, if the Issuer fails to pay the Tax
Redemption Price on the Tax Redemption Date, such later date on which the Issuer pays the Tax Redemption Price), and all future payments with respect to such Notes will be subject to the deduction or withholding of such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction
taxes required by law to be deducted or withheld as a result of such Change in Tax Law; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Holder electing not to have its Notes redeemed exchanges its Notes in connection with such Tax
Redemption as set forth under Section 7.01(d), the Issuer shall be obligated to pay Additional Amounts, if any, with respect to such exchange. 

(b)    Upon receiving a Notice of Tax Redemption, each Holder who does not wish to have the Issuer redeem
its Notes pursuant to this Article 5 (any such Holder, an “Excluded Holder”) must deliver to the Paying Agent a written notice of election (the “Notice of Tax Redemption Election”) substantially in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, or any other form of written notice substantially similar to the Notice of Tax Redemption Election, in each case, duly completed and signed, so as to be received by the Paying Agent prior to the Close of Business on the second
Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Tax Redemption Date; provided that, a Holder that complies with the requirements for exchange set forth under Section 7.02 will be deemed to have delivered a Notice of Tax Redemption
Election. A Holder may withdraw any Notice of Tax Redemption Election (other than such a deemed Notice of Tax Redemption Election) by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal prior to the Close of Business on the second
Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Redemption 

  
 55 

 
Date (or, if the Issuer fails to pay the Tax Redemption Price on the Tax Redemption Date, such later date on which the Issuer pays the Tax Redemption Price). If no such election is made or deemed
to have been made, the Holder will have its Notes redeemed without any further action. 
 Section 5.04    Effect
of Notice of Tax Redemption and Notice of Provisional Redemption. Once a Notice of Tax Redemption or a Notice of Provisional Redemption is given, Notes to be redeemed become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price
stated in such notice, except for Notes which are exchanged pursuant to Article 7 and except for Notes subject to Section 5.03. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such redeemed Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price stated in the Notice
of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption, as applicable. Failure to give the Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption or any defect in such notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of such notice to any
other Holder. 
 Section 5.05    Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on a
Redemption Date, the Issuer or the Guarantor shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or the Guarantor is the Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all Notes to be redeemed
on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed which on or prior thereto have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation or have been exchanged. The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the
Issuer or the Guarantor any money not required for that purpose because of exchange of Notes pursuant to Article 7. If such money is then held by the Issuer or the Guarantor in trust and is not required for such purpose it shall be discharged from
such trust. 
 If the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price with respect to any Notes (i) for which a Notice
of Tax Redemption has been given and with respect to which a Notice of Tax Redemption Election has not been made or deemed to have been made or (ii) for which a Notice of Provisional Redemption has been given, then, immediately on and after the
Redemption Date, interest on such Notes shall cease to accrue whether or not the Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent, and all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate, other than the right to receive the Redemption Price of such
Note, including Additional Amounts, if any, with respect thereto. Nothing herein shall preclude the withholding of any taxes required by law to be withheld or deducted. 

Section 5.06    Partial Redemption. In the event of a Partial Redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes to
be redeemed in whole or in part (such that the principal amount of a Holder’s Note not to be redeemed equals $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof), in the case of Global Notes, by lot, or on a pro rata basis, in all
cases in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, and in the case of Physical Notes, in such manner as the Trustee deems appropriate and fair. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part pursuant to a Partial Redemption, the Issuer shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new Note in an authorized denomination, which shall be $200,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, equal in principal amount to the
unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. In the event of a Tax Redemption or Provisional Redemption, the Issuer shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes during the 15 calendar day period prior to the
date on which the relevant Notice of Tax Redemption or 

  
 56 

 
Notice of Provisional Redemption is deemed to have been given to all Holders of Notes to be redeemed or (ii) register the transfer of or exchange any Notes so selected for redemption, in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Notes being redeemed in part pursuant to a Partial Redemption. 
 If the Trustee
selects a portion of a Holder’s Notes for Provisional Redemption and the Holder exchanges a portion of such Holder’s Notes, the exchanged portion of such Holder’s Notes shall be deemed to be from the portion selected for redemption,
except to the extent of the excess, if any, of such exchanged portion over such portion selected for redemption. 
 ARTICLE 6 

[RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE 7 

EXCHANGE 

Section 7.01    Right to Exchange. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, a
Holder will have the right, at such Holder’s option, to exchange its Notes, or any portion so long as the principal amount of such Holder’s Notes not exchanged equals $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, into an
amount of cash, a number of Ordinary Shares or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, determined in accordance with Section 7.03 hereof (including such Settlement Method as the Issuer may elect pursuant to this Article
7), based on the Exchange Rate (i) prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding March 15, 2026, only upon satisfaction of one or more of the conditions set forth in Section 7.01(a), (b), (c), (d) and
(e) and (ii) on or after March 15, 2026, at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date. 

(a)    Exchange upon Satisfaction of Sale Price Condition. A Holder may surrender all or any portion
of its Notes for exchange during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2020 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares for at least 20 Trading
Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130% of the Exchange Price in effect on each
applicable Trading Day. 
 (b)    Exchange upon Satisfaction of Trading Price Condition. A Holder
may surrender all or any portion of its Notes for exchange during the five Business Day period after any ten consecutive Trading Day period (the “Measurement Period”) in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes,
as determined following a request by a Holder in accordance with the procedures set forth herein, for each Trading Day of that Measurement Period was less than an amount equal to 98% of the product of (x) the Last Reported Sale Price of the
Ordinary Shares on such Trading Day and (y) the applicable Exchange Rate on such Trading Day. 

  
 57 

 The Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) shall have no
obligation to determine the Trading Price of the Notes unless the Issuer has requested such determination. The Issuer shall have no obligation to make such a request (or, if the Issuer is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, the Issuer shall have no
obligation to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes) unless a Holder (or beneficial holder of a Note) of at least $5,000,000 principal amount provides the Issuer with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per
$1,000 principal amount of Notes would be less than 98% of the product of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares and the applicable Exchange Rate and requests that the Bid Solicitation Agent determine the Trading Price per $1,000
principal amount of the Notes. At such time, the Issuer shall instruct the Bid Solicitation Agent (if other than the Issuer) to solicit, or if the Issuer is acting as Bid Solicitation Agent, the Issuer shall solicit, the secondary market bid
quotations in order for the Issuer to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day until the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes is greater
than or equal to 98% of the product of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares and the applicable Exchange Rate. If (x) the Issuer is not acting as the Bid Solicitation Agent, and the Issuer does not, when required, instruct the Bid
Solicitation Agent to obtain bids, or if the Issuer gives such instruction to the Bid Solicitation Agent, and the Bid Solicitation Agent fails to solicit bids, or (y) the Issuer is acting as the Bid Solicitation Agent and the Issuer fails to
solicit bids when required, then, in either case, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes will be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares and the applicable Exchange Rate on
each Trading Day of such failure. 
 In addition, the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Bid Solicitation Agent (if
other than the Issuer) of the three independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Issuer in accordance with the definition of Trading Price, along with the appropriate contact information for each. Whenever the condition to
exchange set forth in this Section 7.01(b) has been met, but was not met on the immediately preceding Trading Day, the Issuer will so notify the Holders and the Trustee in writing. Any such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest
error. If, at any time after the condition to exchange set forth in this Section 7.01(b) has been met and the Notes are exchangeable, the condition to exchange set forth in this Section 7.01(b) ceases to be met, the Issuer will so notify
the Holders, the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Trustee in writing on the first Trading Day on which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes is greater than or equal to 98% of the product of the Last Reported
Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares and the Exchange Rate on such Trading Day. The Bid Solicitation Agent, the Exchange Agent and the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. 

(c)    Exchange upon Specified Corporate Events. 

(i)    Certain Distributions. If the Guarantor elects to: 

(A)    issue to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares rights, options or warrants (other
than in connection with a rights 

  
 58 

 
plan prior to the separation of the relevant rights from the Ordinary Shares, upon which separation, such rights shall be deemed issued pursuant to this Section 7.01(c)(i)) entitling such
holders for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the Issue Date of such issuance to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares, at a price per Ordinary Share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares
over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such issuance; or 

(B)    distribute to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares, the Guarantor’s assets,
debt securities or rights to purchase securities of the Guarantor (other than in connection with a rights plan prior to the separation of the relevant rights, upon which separation, such rights shall be deemed issued pursuant to this
Section 7.01(c)(i)), which distribution has a per Ordinary Share value, as reasonably determined by the Guarantor in good faith, exceeding 10% of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day preceding the declaration
date for such distribution, 
 then, in either case, the Issuer shall notify the Holders not less than 45 Scheduled Trading Days prior to
the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance or distribution (or, if later in the case of any such separation of rights issued pursuant to a rights plan or the occurrence of any such triggering event under a rights
plan, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Issuer becomes aware that such separation or triggering event has occurred or will occur); provided, however, that if the Issuer is then otherwise permitted to settle exchanges of Notes by
Physical Settlement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, has not irrevocably elected another Settlement Method for exchanges of Notes), then the Issuer may instead elect to provide such notice at least five Scheduled Trading Days prior to such Ex-Dividend Date, in which case the Issuer shall settle all exchanges of Notes with an Exchange Date occurring during the period on or after the date the Issuer provides such notice and before such Ex-Dividend Date (or, if earlier, the date on which the Issuer announces that such issuance or distribution will not take place) by Physical Settlement, and the Issuer shall describe the same in such notice. Once
the Issuer gives such notice, Holders may surrender their Notes for exchange at any time until the earlier of (x) the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for
such issuance or distribution and (y) the Guarantor’s announcement that such issuance or distribution will not take place; provided that Holders may not exchange their Notes pursuant to this subsection (c)(i) if they participate, at
the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Ordinary Shares and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in clause (A) or (B) of this subsection (c)(i) without having to exchange their Notes as
if they held a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. 

  
 59 

 (ii)    Certain Corporate Events. 

(A)    If a transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change or a Make-Whole Fundamental Change
occurs, regardless of whether a Holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to Section 8.01(a) in connection with such transaction or event, all or any portion of a Holder’s Notes may be surrendered for
exchange at any time from or after the effective date of such transaction and ending on the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (in the case of transaction constituting a Fundamental Change) or the 35th
Trading Day following the effective date of such transaction (in the case of a transaction that constitutes a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that is not also a Fundamental Change). 

(B)    If the Guarantor is a party to (x) a consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or scheme
of arrangement pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares would be exchanged into cash, securities or other assets or (y) a sale, lease or other transfer of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor and its subsidiaries, substantially as an entirety,
to another Person (other than to one or more of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries), all or any portion of a Holder’s Notes may be surrendered for exchange at any time from or after the effective date of such transaction and
ending on the 35th Business Day after the effective date of such transaction. The Issuer shall notify Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) as promptly as practicable following the date on which the Issuer publicly
announces such transaction, but in no event later than the third Business Day immediately following the effective date of such transaction. 

(d)    Exchange upon Notice of Tax Redemption or Notice of Provisional Redemption. If the Issuer
calls any Note for redemption pursuant to Section 5.01 or Section 5.02, then a Holder of the Note called for redemption may exchange such Called Notes at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding
the related Redemption Date. After such time, a Holder’s right to exchange its Called Notes will expire unless the Issuer fails to pay the Redemption Price, in which case a Holder may exchange its Called Notes until the Redemption Price is paid
or duly provided for. 
 In the case of any Partial Redemption where the Holder of any Note (or any owner of a beneficial
interest in any Global Note) is reasonably not able to determine, before the Close of Business on the 44th Scheduled Trading Day immediately before the related Redemption Date, whether such Note
or beneficial interest, as applicable, is to be redeemed pursuant to such Partial Redemption, then such Holder or owner, as applicable, 

  
 60 

 
shall be entitled to exchange such Note or beneficial interest, as applicable, at any time before the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding such Redemption Date, unless
the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Redemption Price, in which case such Holder or owner, as applicable, will be entitled to exchange such Note or beneficial interest, as applicable, until the Redemption Price has been paid or duly provided
for. Each such exchange pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence will be deemed to be of a Note called for redemption (a “Deemed Redemption”). If a Holder elects to exchange its Called Notes pursuant to this
Section 7.01(d) during the related Redemption Period, the Issuer shall, under certain circumstances, increase the exchange rate for such Called Notes pursuant to Section 7.06. Accordingly, if the Issuer elects to redeem fewer than all of
the outstanding Notes pursuant to a Provisional Redemption, Holders of the Notes that are not Called Notes will not be entitled to exchange such Notes pursuant to this Section 7.01(d) on account of the Notice of Provisional Redemption and will
not be entitled to an increased exchange rate on account of the Notice of Provisional Redemption, even if such Notes are otherwise exchangeable pursuant to any other provision of this Section 7.01 and are exchanged during the related Redemption
Period. 
 (e)    Exchange on or after March 15, 2026. Notwithstanding the
foregoing conditions set forth in this Section 7.01, on or after March 15, 2026, a Holder may exchange all or any portion of its Notes at any time prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the
Maturity Date. 
 Section 7.02    Exchange Procedures. 

(a)    General. To exercise its exchange privilege with respect to a beneficial interest in a Global
Note or with respect to a Physical Note, the Holder of such Note must: 
 (i)    pay any funds required
under Section 7.02(d) hereof; 
 (ii)    pay any taxes or duties required under the proviso of
Section 7.02(e) hereof; and 
 (iii)    if such Note is a Global Note, (A) complete any
instruction form required by the Depositary to effect the exchange of a beneficial interest under the Applicable Procedures; and (B) otherwise comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect on the date such Holder seeks to
exchange such beneficial interest; or 
 (iv)    if such Note is a Physical Note, (A) complete and
manually sign the exchange notice on the back of the Note (the “Exchange Notice”), or a facsimile of the Exchange Notice; (B) deliver the Exchange Notice (or facsimile thereof), which is irrevocable, and the Note to the
Exchange Agent; and, (C) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. 
 In addition, if a Holder has already
delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note in accordance with Section 8.03 hereof, except to the extent that a portion of such Note is not subject to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Holder may not

  
 61 

 
surrender that Note for exchange until the Holder has withdrawn the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 8.04 of this Indenture. If a Holder validly submits any of
its Notes for repurchase in accordance with Article 8, such Holder’s right to withdraw the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and exchange such Notes that are subject to repurchase will terminate at the Close of Business on the second
Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. If the Issuer has designated a Tax Redemption Date, a Holder that complies with the requirements for exchange set forth in clauses (i) through (iv)
above and any other procedures required to effect an exchange under this Indenture will be deemed to have delivered a notice of its election to not have its Notes so redeemed. 

The first Business Day on which a Holder complies with the relevant procedures for exchange set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above
and any other procedures required to effect a exchange under this Indenture shall be the “Exchange Date” with respect to such Note, and, subject to Section 7.03(c), any exchange of a Note will be deemed to occur at the Close of
Business on the Exchange Date applicable to such Note. If, at any time, the last date on which any Note may be exchanged is not a Business Day, such Note may be exchanged on the immediately following Business Day. 

(b)    Holder of Record. If a Holder surrenders the entire principal amount of a Note for exchange,
as of the Close of Business on the applicable Exchange Date, such Person will no longer be the Holder of such Note. If any Ordinary Shares are issuable upon the exchange of a Note, except as provided under Sections 7.05(f) and 7.06(g) hereof, the
Person in whose name such Ordinary Shares will be registered will become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares (i) if Physical Settlement applies to such Note, at the Close of Business on the Exchange Date (provided, that with
respect to any Exchange Date following the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, such Person will become the holder of record of such Ordinary Shares on the Maturity Date), and (ii) if Combination Settlement applies to
such Note, at the Close of Business on the last VWAP Trading Day of the relevant Observation Period. 

(c)    Exchanges in Part. If a Holder surrenders only a portion of the principal amount of a
Physical Note for exchange, promptly after the applicable Exchange Date, the Issuer, in accordance with Section 3.03, will execute, and the Trustee, in accordance with Section 3.03, will authenticate and deliver to such Holder, one or more
new Physical Notes, each in an authorized denomination and having an aggregate principal amount equal to the unexchanged portion of the Physical Note exchanged in part. Upon the exchange of any beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Exchange
Agent will promptly request that the Trustee make a notation on the “Schedule of Increases and Decreases of Global Note” of such Global Note to reduce the principal amount represented by such Global Note by the principal amount of the
exchanged beneficial interest. 
 (d)    Interest upon Exchange; Reimbursement of Interest upon
Exchange.  
 (i)    Upon exchange, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment or
additional Ordinary Shares for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Issuer’s settlement of the full Exchange Obligation 

  
 62 

 
shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to make payments in respect of the Note being exchanged. Except as specified in clause (ii) below, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on
Notes being exchanged to, but not including, the Exchange Date, will be deemed cancelled, extinguished and forfeited. 

(ii)    Notwithstanding clause (i) above, if Holder surrenders a Note for exchange during the period
from the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, the Holder of such Note as of the Close of Business on the Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable
on such Note on the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 (iii)    If a Holder surrenders a Note for
exchange during the period from the Close of Business on a Regular Record Date to the Open of Business on the corresponding Interest Payment Date, such Holder must accompany such Note with an amount of cash equal to the amount of interest that will
be payable on such Note on the corresponding Interest Payment Date; provided, however, that a Holder need not make such payment: 

(A)    if the Exchange Date follows the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; 

(B)    if the Issuer has specified a Redemption Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior
to the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; 

(C)    if the Issuer has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record
Date and on or prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or 

(D)    to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of exchange with
respect to such Note. 
 Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all record Holders on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the
applicable Redemption Date (if Notes are called for redemption pursuant to Article 5) or the Maturity Date will receive the full interest payment due on the Redemption Date or the Maturity Date, as applicable, regardless of whether their Notes have
been exchanged following such Regular Record Date. 
 (e)    Taxes Due upon Exchange. If a Holder
exchanges a Note, the Issuer will pay any Transfer Taxes due on the issue of any Ordinary Shares upon the exchange (including any Transfer Taxes due on the issue or transfer of any Ordinary Shares represented by such Ordinary Shares), unless the tax
is due because the Holder requests that any Ordinary Shares be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder will pay that tax. 

  
 63 

 Section 7.03    Settlement Upon Exchange. 

(a)    Settlement Methods. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Sections 7.05(f), 7.05(h),
7.06(f) and 7.07 hereof, upon exchange of any Note, the Issuer shall pay or cause the delivery of, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being exchanged, cash (a “Cash
Settlement”), Ordinary Shares, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of any fractional Ordinary Share (a “Physical Settlement”), or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares, together with cash in lieu of any
fractional Ordinary Share (a “Combination Settlement,” and each of Cash Settlement, Physical Settlement and Combination Settlement, a “Settlement Method,” and the obligation to effect such payment and/or delivery,
the “Exchange Obligation”), at the election of the Issuer, based on the Settlement Method that applies to the Note and the Exchange Rate in effect on the applicable Exchange Date, in each case, as follows: 

(i)    Physical Settlement. If the Issuer elects Physical Settlement, the Issuer shall cause to be
delivered to the exchanging Holder a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the product of (A)(x) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be exchanged, divided by (y) $1,000 and (B) the Exchange Rate in effect on the applicable
Exchange Date; provided, however, that the Issuer shall pay an amount of cash in lieu of any fractional Ordinary Share determined in accordance with Section 7.03(a)(iv) hereof. The Issuer shall cause to be delivered such Ordinary Shares,
and pay any amount of cash in lieu of any fractional Ordinary Share, on the second Business Day immediately following the applicable Exchange Date (provided that, with respect to any Exchange Date following the Regular Record Date immediately
preceding the Maturity Date where Physical Settlement applies to the related exchange, the Issuer shall settle any such exchange on the Maturity Date). 

(ii)    Cash Settlement. If the Issuer elects Cash Settlement, the Issuer shall pay to the
exchanging Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes being exchanged, cash in an amount equal to the sum of the Daily Exchange Values for each of the forty (40) consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the applicable
Observation Period. The Issuer shall pay such amount of cash on the second Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. 

(iii)    Combination Settlement. If the Issuer elects (or is deemed to have elected) Combination
Settlement, the Issuer shall pay or cause to be delivered, as the case may be, to the exchanging Holder in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of the Notes being exchanged, a settlement amount equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amounts for
each of the forty (40) consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period; provided, however, that the Issuer shall pay an amount of cash in lieu of any fractional Ordinary Share determined in accordance with
Section 7.03(a)(iv) hereof. The Issuer shall pay or cause to be delivered, as the case may be, such settlement amount on the second Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. 

  
 64 

 (iv)    Fractional Ordinary Share. If Physical
Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to a Note and the Issuer’s Exchange Obligation with respect to such Note includes any fractional Ordinary Share, in lieu of delivering such fractional Ordinary Share, the Issuer will pay the
exchanging Holder, (A) if Physical Settlement applies to such Note, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) such fraction of an Ordinary Share and (y) the Daily VWAP on the applicable Exchange Date (or, if such Exchange Date is
not a VWAP Trading Day, the immediately preceding VWAP Trading Day), and, (B) if Combination Settlement applies to such Note, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) such fraction of an Ordinary Share and (y) the Daily VWAP on
the last VWAP Trading Day of the applicable Observation Period. 
 (v)    Exchange of Multiple Notes
by a Single Holder. If a Holder surrenders more than one Note for exchange on a single Exchange Date, the Issuer will calculate its Exchange Obligation with respect to such Notes as if such Holder had surrendered for exchange one Note having an
aggregate principal amount equal to the sum of the principal amounts of each of the Notes surrendered for exchange by such Holder on such Exchange Date. 

(vi)    Settlement of Accrued Interest and Deemed Payment of Principal. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Indenture, if a Holder exchanges a Note, the Issuer will not adjust the Exchange Rate to account for any accrued and unpaid interest on such Note. Except as provided in Section 7.02(d), any such accrued and unpaid interest
will be deemed cancelled, extinguished and forfeited. 
 (b)    Issuer’s Right to Elect the
Settlement Method. Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 7.06(f) or 7.07 hereof: 

(i)    All exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after March 15, 2026, and all
exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the Issuer’s issuance of a Redemption Notice with respect to the Notes and prior to the related Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the Redemption Date,
shall be settled using the same Settlement Method. 
 (ii)    Except for any exchanges for which the
relevant Exchange Date occurs on or after March 15, 2026, and any exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs after the Issuer’s issuance of a Redemption Notice with respect to the Notes but prior to the Close of Business on the
second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the related Redemption Date, the Issuer shall use the same Settlement Method for all exchanges with the same Exchange Date, but the Issuer shall not have any obligation to use the same Settlement Method with
respect to exchanges with different Exchange Dates. 

  
 65 

 (iii)     If, in respect of any Exchange Date (or
one of the periods described in the third immediately succeeding set of parentheses, as the case may be), the Issuer elects to deliver a notice (the “Settlement Notice”) of the relevant Settlement Method in respect of such Exchange
Date (or such period, as the case may be), the Issuer, through the Trustee, shall deliver such Settlement Notice to exchanging Holders no later than the Close of Business on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the relevant Exchange Date
(or, in the case of any exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs (x) after the date of issuance of a Redemption Notice with respect to the Notes and on or prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the related Redemption
Date, in such Redemption Notice or (y) on or after March 15, 2026, no later than the Close of Business on the Business day immediately preceding March 15, 2026). If the Issuer does not elect a Settlement Method prior to the deadline
set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, the Issuer shall no longer have the right to elect Cash Settlement or Physical Settlement and the Issuer shall be deemed to have elected Combination Settlement in respect of its Exchange Obligation,
and the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be equal to $1,000. Such Settlement Notice shall specify the relevant Settlement Method and in the case of an election of Combination Settlement, the relevant Settlement
Notice shall indicate the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. If the Issuer delivers a Settlement Notice electing Combination Settlement in respect of its Exchange Obligation but does not indicate a Specified Dollar Amount
per $1,000 principal amount of Notes in such Settlement Notice, the Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be $1,000. 

(iv)    The Issuer may, prior to March 15, 2026, at its option, irrevocably fix any Settlement Method
that it is then permitted to elect hereunder for all exchanges for which the relevant Exchange Date occurs subsequent to such notice, including Combination Settlement with a Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes of $1,000, or
with an ability to continue to set a Specified Dollar Amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes at or above a specific amount set forth in such written notice. Such election must be made by delivering written notice of such election to the
Holders, the Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and issuing a press release containing the relevant information and making such information available on the Guarantor’s website or through such other public medium as it may use at that time and by
filing the announcement with the Bermuda Stock Exchange as long as the Notes are listed thereon. Following such irrevocable election, the Issuer will not have the right to change the Settlement Method. 

(v)    To elect the Settlement Method that will apply to every Note having an Exchange Date on or after
March 15, 2026, on or prior to the Close of Business on the Business Day immediately preceding March 15, 2026, the Issuer shall deliver notice of the Settlement Method that will apply to every Note having an Exchange Date on or after
March 15, 2026 to the Trustee and issue a press release containing the relevant information, make such information available on the Guarantor’s website and file such announcement with the Bermuda Stock Exchange as long as the Notes are
listed thereon. 

  
 66 

 (vi)    To elect the Settlement Method that will apply
to every Note having an Exchange Date after a Redemption Notice Date and prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the related Redemption Date, the Issuer shall provide notice of the Settlement Method that will apply to every Note having
an Exchange Date after a Redemption Notice Date and prior to the second Scheduled Trading Day preceding the related Redemption Date in the applicable Redemption Notice. 

(vii)    Whenever an Exchange Date occurs with respect to a Note, the Exchange Agent will, as promptly as
possible, and in no event later than Open of Business, on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following such Exchange Date, deliver to the Issuer and the Trustee notice that an Exchange Date has occurred, which notice will state such Exchange
Date, the principal amount of Notes exchanged on such Exchange Date and the names of the Holders that exchanged Notes on such Exchange Date. 

On the first Business Day immediately following the last VWAP Trading Day of the Observation Period applicable to any Exchange
Date, the Issuer will deliver written notice to the Exchange Agent and the Trustee stating (A) the Daily Settlement Amounts (if Combination Settlement applies to the Notes exchanged on such Exchange Date) or the Daily Exchange Values (if Cash
Settlement applies to the Notes exchanged on such Exchange Date), in each case, for each VWAP Trading Day in such Observation Period, and (B) the amount of cash, the number of Ordinary Shares or the amount of cash and the number of Ordinary
Shares, as the case may be, that the Issuer is obligated to pay or cause to be delivered, as the case may be, to satisfy its Exchange Obligation with respect to each Note exchanged on such Exchange Date. 

(c)    Surrender to Financial Institution in Lieu of Exchange. 

Notwithstanding the provisions described above in this Section 7.03, in satisfaction of the Exchange Obligation, the
Issuer may, at its election (a “Financial Institution Surrender Election”), direct the Exchange Agent to surrender, on or prior to the Trading Day following the Exchange Date, such Notes to one or more financial institutions
designated by the Issuer (a “Financial Institution Surrender”) in lieu of exchange. In order to accept any Notes surrendered for a Financial Institution Surrender, the designated financial institution(s) must agree to timely
deliver, in exchange for such Notes, the cash, Ordinary Shares or combination of cash and Ordinary Shares, at the Issuer’s election, equal to the consideration due upon exchange (the “Exchange Consideration”) pursuant to this
Section 7.03, as is designated to the Exchange Agent in writing by the Issuer. If the Issuer makes a Financial Institution Surrender Election, by the Close of Business on the Trading Day following the relevant surrender date, the Issuer shall
(i) notify, in the manner provided in this Section 7.03, the Holder surrendering its Notes for exchange, the Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the Trustee, that the Issuer has made the Financial Institution Surrender Election
and (ii) 

  
 67 

 
notify the designated financial institution(s) of the relevant deadline for delivery of the Exchange Consideration. If the designated financial institution(s) accepts any such Notes, it or they
shall deliver the Exchange Consideration in accordance with this Section 7.03. Any Notes exchanged by the designated financial institution(s) shall remain outstanding, subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. If the designated
financial institution(s) agrees to accept any Notes for surrender but does not timely deliver the related Exchange Consideration, or if such designated financial institution(s) does not accept the Notes for a Financial Institution Surrender, the
Issuer shall deliver the relevant Exchange Consideration as if the Issuer had not made a Financial Institution Surrender Election. The Issuer’s designation of a financial institution(s) to which the Notes may be submitted for a Financial
Institution Surrender does not require such institution to accept any Notes. The Issuer may, but will not be obligated to, enter into a separate agreement with any designated financial institution that would compensate it for any such transaction.

 Section 7.04    Certain Provisions Related to Ordinary Shares Issued Hereunder. 

(a)    The Guarantor shall and the Issuer shall cause the Guarantor to provide, free from preemptive
rights, out of the Guarantor’s authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient Ordinary Shares to provide for exchange of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for exchange (assuming that at the time of
computation of such number of Ordinary Shares, all such Notes would be exchanged by a single Holder and Physical Settlement applies to such Notes). 

(b)    Each of the Guarantor and the Issuer covenants that all Ordinary Shares issued upon exchange of
Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Guarantor and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. 

(c)    The Guarantor will cause any Ordinary Shares issuable hereunder (whether upon exchange, under the
terms of the Guarantee or otherwise) to be listed on whatever stock exchange(s) the Ordinary Shares are listed, if permitted and required by the rules of such stock exchange(s), on the date the exchanging Holder becomes a record holder of such
Ordinary Shares. 
 (d)    The Issuer and the Guarantor acknowledge that the allotment and issue of
Ordinary Shares and the delivery of Ordinary Shares, if any, hereunder (whether upon exchange, under the terms of the Guarantee or otherwise) by the Guarantor (or by the Ordinary Share Depositary at the direction of the Guarantor) will create an
equivalent debt owing from the Issuer to the Guarantor. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the delivery of Ordinary Shares by the Guarantor in respect of an Exchange Obligation, the portion of such Exchange Obligation consisting of an obligation to
deliver or cause to be delivered Ordinary Shares shall be deemed satisfied to the extent of the Ordinary Shares so delivered. 

  
 68 

 Section 7.05    Adjustment of Exchange Rate. 

The Issuer will adjust the Exchange Rate from time to time as described in this Section 7.05, except that the Issuer will not make any
adjustments to the Exchange Rate for any transaction described in this Section 7.05 (other than in the case of (x) a share subdivision or share consolidation or (y) a tender or exchange offer) if each Holder participates, in such
transaction at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Ordinary Shares and solely as a result of holding the Notes, without having to exchange its Notes and as if it held a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the applicable Exchange
Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder. 

(a)    Stock Dividends and Share Splits. If the Guarantor exclusively issues Ordinary Shares as a
dividend or distribution on all or substantially all of the Ordinary Shares, or if the Guarantor effects an Ordinary Share subdivision or Ordinary Share consolidation, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula: 

 

					
	ER1 = 	  	ER0 ×
	  	OS1
	  	 OS0

 where: 
  

					
	ER0	  	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Effective
Date of such Ordinary Share subdivision or Ordinary Share consolidation, as applicable;
			
	ER1	  	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or Effective Date;
			
	OS0	  	=	 	the number Ordinary Shares in issue immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date or such Effective Date; and
			
	OS1	  	=	 	the number of Ordinary Shares in issue immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, Ordinary Share subdivision or Ordinary Share consolidation.

 Any adjustment made under this Section 7.05(a) shall become effective immediately after the Open of
Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the Open of Business on the Effective Date for such Ordinary Share subdivision or Ordinary Share consolidation. If any
dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 7.05(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s Board of Directors determines not to
pay such dividend or distribution, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

(b)    Rights, Options, and Warrants. If the Guarantor issues to all or substantially all holders of
Ordinary Shares any rights, options or warrants (other than rights issued pursuant to a rights plan adopted by the Guarantor) entitling such holders for a period of not more than 45 calendar days after the date of such issuance to subscribe for

  
 69 

 
or purchase Ordinary Shares, at a price per Ordinary Share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and
including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such issuance, the Exchange Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 
  

					
	ER1 =     	  	ER0 ×
	  	OS0 + X
	  	 OS0 + Y

 where: 
  

					
	ER0	  	=	  	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance;
			
	ER1	  	=	  	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	OS	  	=	  	the number of Ordinary Shares in issue immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;
			
	X	  	=	  	the total number of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and
			
	 Y
	  	=	  	the number of Ordinary Shares equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day
period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date of such issuance.

 Any increase made under this Section 7.05(b) will be made successively whenever any such rights,
options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance. To the extent that Ordinary Shares are not delivered (including as a
result of such rights, options or warrants not being exercised) after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the
issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of Ordinary Shares actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued or if no such rights, options or warrants are exercised
prior to their expiration, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Dividend Date for such issuance had not occurred. 

For purposes of this Section 7.05(b) and for purposes of Section 7.01(c)(i), in determining whether any rights,
options or warrants entitle holders of Ordinary Shares to subscribe for or purchase Ordinary Shares, at a price per Ordinary Share less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices for the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive

  
 70 

 
Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the declaration date for such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such Ordinary Shares,
there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Guarantor for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or exchange thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the
Issuer in good faith. 
 (c)    Spin-Offs and Other Distributed Property. 

(i)    If the Guarantor distributes shares of the Guarantor’s Share Capital, evidences of its
indebtedness, other assets or property of the Guarantor or rights, options or warrants to acquire the Guarantor’s Share Capital or other securities of the Guarantor (the “Distributed Property”) to all or substantially all
holders of the Ordinary Shares, excluding: 
 (A)    dividends, distributions, rights, options or
warrants as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 7.05(a) hereof or Section 7.05(b) hereof; 

(B)    dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant
to Section 7.05(d) hereof; 
 (C)    any dividends and distributions in connection with a Merger
Event resulting in the change in the Exchange Consideration as described in Section 7.07; 

(D)    except as otherwise described under this Section 7.05(h), rights issued pursuant to a rights
plan adopted by the Guarantor; or 
 (E)    Spin-Offs as to which the provisions of
Section 7.05(c)(ii) hereof shall apply, 
 then the Exchange Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 

 

					
	ER1 =    	 	ER0 ×	 	
        SP0        

   SP0 - FMV        

 where: 
  

					
	ER0	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution;
			
	ER1	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date;

  
 71 

 
					
	SP0	 	=	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend
Date for such distribution; and
			
	FMV	 	=	 	the fair market value (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) of the Distributed Property distributed with respect to each outstanding Ordinary Share in issue on the Ex-Dividend Date for
such distribution.

 If “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than the “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder will receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes it holds, at the same time and upon the same terms as
holders of the Ordinary Shares, the amount and kind of the Distributed Property that such Holder would have received if such Holder had owned a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate in effect on the
Ex-Dividend Date for the distribution. 
 Any increase in the Exchange Rate made
under this Section 7.05(c)(i) will become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Exchange Rate
shall be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

(ii)    With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 7.05(c) where there has been a payment
of a dividend or other distribution on the Ordinary Shares of shares of Share Capital of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Guarantor, and such Share Capital or similar
equity interest is listed or quoted (or will be listed or quoted upon the consummation of such dividend or other distribution) on a U.S. national securities exchange or a reasonably comparable non-U.S.
equivalent (a “Spin-Off”), the Exchange Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 
  

					
	ER1 =    	 	ER0 ×	 	     FMV0 +
MP0    

            MP0

 where: 
  

					
	ER0	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off;
			
	ER1	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off;
			
	FMV0	 	=	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Share Capital or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Ordinary Shares applicable to one Ordinary Share (determined by reference to the

  
 72 

					
			
		 		 	definition of “Last Reported Sale Price” set forth in Section 1.01 hereof as if references therein to Ordinary Shares were to such Share Capital or similar equity interest) over the first 10 consecutive Trading Day
period after, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and
			
	MP0	 	=	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the Valuation Period.

 The adjustment to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph will be determined on the last Trading
Day of the Valuation Period, but given effect as of the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off; provided that (x) in respect of any exchange of Notes for which
Physical Settlement is applicable, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the Valuation Period, references in this Section 7.05(c)(ii) with respect to 10 Trading Days shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days
as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend Date of such Spin-Off and the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate and (y) in respect of any exchange of Notes for
which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement is applicable, for any Trading Day that falls within the relevant Observation Period for such exchange and within the Valuation Period, references in the preceding paragraph with respect to 10 Trading
Days shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off and such Trading Day in
determining the Exchange Rate as of such Trading Day. In addition, if the Ex-Dividend Date for such Spin-Off is after the 10th Trading Day immediately preceding, and
including, the end of any Observation Period in respect of an exchange of Notes, references in the preceding paragraph to 10 Trading Days will be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that exchange, with such lesser number of Trading Days as
have elapsed from, and including, the Ex-Dividend Date for the Spin-Off to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. 

If any dividend or distribution that constitutes a Spin-Off is not so paid, the
Exchange Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Guarantor’s Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividends or distributions, to the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been
declared. 
 For purposes of this Section 7.05(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 7.05(h)), rights, options
or warrants distributed by the Guarantor to all holders of the Ordinary Shares entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Guarantor’s Share Capital, including the Ordinary Shares (either initially or under certain circumstances),
which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”): (A) are deemed to be transferred with such Ordinary Shares; (B) are not exercisable; and (C) are also issued in
respect of future issuances of the Ordinary Shares, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 7.05(c) (and no adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 7.05(c) will be required) until the occurrence
of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Exchange Rate shall be made under this Section 7.05(c). If any such

  
 73 

 
right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights,
options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the
Ex-Dividend Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise
by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect
thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Section 7.05(c) was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been
purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final purchase (x) the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and (y) the Exchange Rate shall then again be readjusted to
give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share purchase price received by a holder or holders of the Ordinary Shares with respect to such
rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Ordinary Shares as of the date of such purchase, and (2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have
expired or been terminated (or deemed to have expired or been terminated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence) without exercise by any holders thereof, the Exchange Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not
been issued (to the extent any adjustment to the Exchange Rate was made in connection with such issuance). 
 For purposes of
Section 7.05(a) hereof, Section 7.05(b) hereof and this Section 7.05(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 7.05(c) applies includes one or both of: 

(A)    a dividend or distribution of Ordinary Shares to which Section 7.05(a) hereof also applies (the
“Clause A Distribution”); or 
 (B)    a dividend or distribution of rights, options or
warrants to which Section 7.05(b) hereof also applies (the “Clause B Distribution”), 
 then, in either case,
(i) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 7.05(c) applies (the “Clause C Distribution”)
and any Exchange Rate adjustment required to be made under this Section 7.05(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, (ii) the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C
Distribution and any Exchange Rate adjustment required by Section 7.05(b) hereof with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Guarantor, (A) the “Ex-Dividend
Date” of the Clause B Distribution and the Clause A Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution and (B) any Ordinary Shares included in the Clause A
Distribution or the Clause B Distribution shall not be deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to 

  
 74 

 
the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date” within the meaning of Section 7.05(b) hereof, and (iii) the Clause A Distribution, if any,
shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution or the Clause B Distribution, as the case may be, except that, if determined by the Guarantor, (A) the “Ex-Dividend Date” of the
Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, if any, shall be deemed to be the Ex-Dividend Date of the Clause C Distribution, and any Ordinary Shares included in the Clause A distribution shall not be
deemed to be “outstanding immediately prior to the Open of Business on such Ex-Dividend Date” or such Effective Date within the meaning of Section 7.05(a) hereof. 

(d)    Cash Dividends or Distributions. If any cash dividend or distribution is made to all or
substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares, the Exchange Rate will be adjusted based on the following formula: 
  

					
	ER1 =    	 	ER0 ×	 	
      SP0      

   SP0 - C

  

	 	where:	 

  

					
	ER0	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	ER1	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution;
			
	SP0	 	=	 	the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution; and
			
	C	 	=	 	the amount in cash per Ordinary Share that the Guarantor distributes to holders of the Ordinary Shares.

 If “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes it holds, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of
the Ordinary Shares, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder had owned a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the Exchange Rate on the Ex-Dividend Date for such cash dividend or
distribution. Any such increase shall become effective immediately after the Open of Business on the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the
Exchange Rate shall be decreased to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. 

(e)    Tender Offers or Exchange Offers. If the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries makes a payment
in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for the Ordinary Shares that is subject to the then-applicable tender offer rules under the 

  
 75 

 
Exchange Act (other than an odd lot tender offer that satisfies the requirements of Rule 13e-4(h)(5), or any successor rule), to the extent that the cash
and value of any consideration other than cash (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) included in the payment per Ordinary Share exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day
period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender offer or exchange offer, the Exchange Rate will be increased based on the following formula: 

 

					
	ER1 =    	 	ER0 ×	 	    AC + (SP1 × OS1)   
         OS0 × SP1

  

	 	where:	 

  

					
	ER0	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the Close of Business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires;
			
	ER1	 	=	 	the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after the Close of Business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires;
			
	AC	 	=	 	the aggregate value, on the date such tender or exchange offer expires, of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Issuer in good faith) paid or payable for Ordinary Shares purchased in such tender offer or
exchange offer;
			
	OS0	 	=	 	the number of Ordinary Shares in issue immediately prior to the Close of Business on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all Ordinary Shares accepted for purchase or
exchange in such tender offer or exchange offer);
			
	OS1	 	=	 	the number of Ordinary Shares in issue immediately after the Close of Business on the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to the purchase of all Ordinary Shares accepted for purchase or exchange in
such tender offer or exchange offer); and
			
	SP1	 	=	 	the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires.

 The adjustment to the Exchange Rate under the preceding paragraph will occur at the Close of Business on
the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires; provided that (x) in respect of any exchange of Notes for which Physical Settlement is

  
 76 

 
applicable, if the relevant Exchange Date occurs during the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender or exchange
offer, references to with respect to 10 Trading Days (or the 10th Trading Day) in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between
the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and such Exchange Date in determining the exchange rate and (y) in respect of any exchange of Notes for which Cash Settlement or Combination Settlement is applicable, for any Trading Day that
falls within the relevant Observation Period for such exchange and within the 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the expiration date of any tender offer or exchange offer, references with respect to
10 Trading Days (or the 10th Trading Day) shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender offer or exchange offer and
the Exchange Date in determining the Exchange Rate. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires is after the 10th Trading Day immediately preceding, and including, the end of any Observation
Period in respect of an exchange of Notes, references in the preceding paragraph to 10 Trading Days (or the 10th Trading Day) shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that exchange,
with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last VWAP Trading Day of such Observation Period. 

If the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase Ordinary shares pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer
described in this Section 7.05(e) but is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchase or all such purchases are rescinded, the applicable Exchange Rate will be readjusted to be the Exchange Rate that would then be in
effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been effected. 

(f)    [Reserved]. 

(g)    Special Provisions for Combination Settlement of Certain Exchanges. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary herein, if an Exchange Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Ex-Dividend Date as described in this Section 7.05, and a Holder that has exchanged its Notes on or after such Ex-Dividend Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of Ordinary Shares as of the related Exchange Date based on an adjusted Exchange Rate for such Ex-Dividend Date, then, notwithstanding the foregoing Exchange Rate adjustment provisions, the Exchange Rate adjustment relating to such Ex-Dividend Date will not be made for
such exchanging Holder. Instead, such Holder will be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of Ordinary Shares on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment. 

(h)    Rights Plan. To the extent that the Guarantor has a rights plan applicable to the Ordinary
Shares in effect upon exchange of any Notes, if Physical Settlement or Combination Settlement applies to such a Note, the exchanging Holder will receive, in addition to any Ordinary Shares received in connection with such exchange, the rights

  
 77 

 
under such rights plan. However, if prior to any exchange, the rights have separated from the Ordinary Shares in accordance with the provisions of the applicable rights plan, the Exchange Rate
will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Guarantor distributed, to all or substantially all holders of the Ordinary Shares, the Distributed Property as described in clause (c) of this Section 7.05, subject to readjustment in
the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights. 
 (i)    Other
Adjustments. Whenever a provision of this Indenture requires the Issuer to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs, the Daily Exchange Values, the Daily Settlement Amounts or any functions thereof over a span of multiple days
(including, without limitation, during an Observation Period and, if applicable, during the 5 Trading Day period used to determine the Ordinary Share Price), the Issuer will make appropriate adjustments (to the extent no corresponding adjustment is
otherwise made pursuant to the provisions in Section 7.05) to each to account for any event requiring an adjustment to the Exchange Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, the Effective Date or the date of the
event occurs at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices, the Daily VWAPs, the Daily Exchange Values, the Daily Settlement Amounts or any functions thereof are to be calculated. 

(j)    Successive Adjustments. After an adjustment to the Exchange Rate under this Article 7, any
subsequent event requiring an adjustment under this Article 7 will cause an adjustment to the Exchange Rate as so adjusted, without duplication. 

(k)    Limitations on Adjustments. 

(i)    Except as stated in this Article 7, the Issuer will not adjust the Exchange Rate for the issuance of
Ordinary Shares or any securities exchangeable into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or the right to purchase Ordinary Shares or such exchangeable or exchangeable securities. 

(ii)    In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.05, the applicable
Exchange Rate shall not be adjusted: 
 (A)    except as provided under Sections 7.05(a) through (e),
upon the sale of Ordinary Shares for a purchase price that is less than the market price per Ordinary Share or less than the Exchange Price; 

(B)    upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the
reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Guarantor’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in Ordinary Shares under any plan; 

(C)    upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares or options, warrants or rights to purchase Ordinary Shares
pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of, or assumed by, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any evergreen plan); or 

  
 78 

 (D)    upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares
pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable or exchangeable security not described in clause (B) above and outstanding as of the Issue Date; 

(E)    for share repurchases that are not tender offers referred to in Section 7.05(e), including
structured or derivative transactions or pursuant to a share repurchase program approved by the Guarantor’s Board of Directors; 

(F)    for a change solely in the nominal value of the Ordinary Shares; 

(G)    for accrued and unpaid interest, if any; or 

(H)    upon the issuance of any Ordinary Shares at a price below the applicable Exchange Price or
otherwise, other than any such issuance described in Section 7.05(a), (b) or (c). 

(l)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.05, the Issuer shall not be required
to make an adjustment in the Exchange Rate unless the adjustment would require a change in the Exchange Rate of at least 1.0%. However, the Issuer shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1.0% of the Exchange Rate and make such carried
forward adjustments (i) when the aggregate of all such carried-forward adjustments equals or exceeds 1.0% and (ii) regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1.0%, (A) upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change or a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change, (B) with respect to Notes exchanged on each Exchange Date for any such Notes (in the case of Physical Settlement) and on each Trading Day during any Observation Period for any such Notes (in the case of Cash
Settlement or Combination Settlement), (C) for any adjustments that have not been made prior to March 15, 2026, on March 15, 2026 and (D) on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date. Adjustments to the
applicable Exchange Rate will be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of an Ordinary Share. 
 (m)    For
purposes of this Section 7.05, subject to Section 7.05(c) hereof, the number of Ordinary Shares in issue at any time will include Ordinary Shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of Ordinary Shares,
but, so long as the Guarantor does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on Ordinary Shares held in the treasury of the Guarantor, will not include Ordinary Shares held in the treasury of the Guarantor. 

(n)    Voluntary Adjustments. 

(i)    Incentive Increases. To the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the applicable
rules of The Nasdaq Global Select Market (or any other securities exchange on which the Guarantor’s securities are then listed), the Issuer is permitted to increase the Exchange Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Business Days if
the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Issuer’s best interest. 

  
 79 

(ii)    Tax-Related Increases. The Issuer may also (but is
not required to) increase the Exchange Rate to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of the Ordinary Shares or rights to purchase the Ordinary Shares in connection with a dividend or distribution of Ordinary Shares (or rights to acquire Ordinary
Shares) or similar event. 
 (o)    Notices. 

(i)    Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions and Events. The Issuer shall deliver notices of
the events specified below at the times specified below and containing the information specified below unless, in each case, (i) pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer is already required to deliver notice of such event containing at least the
information specified below at an earlier time, or, (ii) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor, at the time notice is required to be delivered, has knowledge of all of the information required to be included in such notice, in which case, the
Issuer shall (A) deliver notice at such time containing only the information that it or the Guarantor has knowledge of at such time (if it or the Guarantor has knowledge of any such information at such time), and (B) promptly upon it or
the Guarantor obtaining knowledge of any such information not already included in a notice delivered by the Issuer, deliver notice to each Holder containing such information. In each case, the failure by the Issuer to give such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event. 
 (ii)    Issuances, Distributions,
and Dividends and Distributions. If the Guarantor (A) announces any issuance of any rights, options or warrants that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 7.05(b) hereof; (B) authorizes any
distribution that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 7.05(c) hereof (including any separation of rights from the Ordinary Shares described in Section 7.05(h) hereof); or (C) announces any dividend or
distribution that would require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 7.05(a) or Section 7.05(d) hereof, then the Issuer shall provide written notice to the Holders, Exchange Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the
Trustee reasonably promptly as possible following the applicable Ex-Dividend Date, which notice shall describe such issuance, distribution, dividend or distribution, as the case may be, and state the Ex-Dividend Date and Record Date for such issuance, distribution, dividend or distribution, as the case may be. 

(iii)    Tender and Exchange Offers. If the Guarantor announces any tender offer or exchange offer
that could require an adjustment in the Exchange Rate pursuant to Section 7.05(e) hereof, the Issuer shall deliver notice thereof to the Holders on or promptly after the day the Guarantor publicly announces such tender offer or exchange offer.

 (iv)    Voluntary Increases. If the Issuer increases the Exchange Rate pursuant to
Section 7.05(n), the Issuer shall deliver notice to the Holders at least 15 calendar days prior to the date on which such increase will become effective, which notice shall state the date on which such increased will become effective and the
amount by which the Exchange Rate will be increased. 

  
 80 

 (v)    Dissolutions, Liquidations and Winding-Ups. If there is a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Issuer or the Guarantor, the Issuer shall deliver notice to the Holders
as promptly as possible, but in any event at least 20 calendar days prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, is expected to become
effective or occur, and (ii) the date or dates as of which it is expected that holders of Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their Ordinary Shares for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution,
liquidation or winding-up, as the case may be, which notice shall state the expected effective date and record date for such event, as applicable, and the amount and kind of property that a holder of one
Ordinary Share is expected to be entitled, or may elect, to receive in such event. The Issuer shall deliver an additional notice to Holders, as promptly as practicable, whenever the expected effective date or record date, as applicable, or the
amount and kind of property that a holder of one Ordinary Share is expected to be entitled to receive in such event, changes. 

(vi)    Notices After Certain Actions and Events. Whenever an adjustment to the Exchange Rate
becomes effective pursuant to this Section 7.05, the Issuer will (i) file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that such adjustment has become effective, the Exchange Rate, and the manner in which the adjustment was
computed and (ii) deliver notice to the Holders stating that such adjustment has become effective and the Exchange Rate or exchange privilege as adjusted. Failure to give any such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of
any such adjustment. 
 Section 7.06    Adjustments to Exchange Rate upon Exchange In Connection With a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change or a Redemption. 
 (a)    General. If (i) the effective
date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date”) occurs prior to the Maturity Date and a Holder elects to exchange its Notes “in connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental
Change, or (ii) the Issuer delivers a Redemption Notice pursuant to a Tax Redemption under Section 5.01(a) or a Provisional Redemption under Section 5.01(b) and a Holder elects to exchange its Called Notes (or any portion thereof)
during the period from, and including, the applicable Redemption Notice Date up to, and including, the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately prior to the related Redemption Date (such period, the “Redemption
Period”), then in each case, the Issuer will, in the circumstances described in this Section 7.06, increase the Exchange Rate applicable to the Notes so surrendered for exchange by a number of additional Ordinary Shares (the
“Additional Shares”) as set forth in this Section 7.06. For purposes of this Section 7.06, an exchange of Notes will be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change if the
notice of the exchange of such Notes is received by the Exchange Agent during the period from, 

  
 81 

 
and including, the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date up to, and including, the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the
35th Business Day immediately following the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date) (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”). For the avoidance of doubt,
the Issuer shall increase the Exchange Rate for the Notes pursuant to clause (ii) hereof only with respect to the exchange of Notes that are Called Notes, and not for Notes that are not Called Notes. Accordingly, if the Issuer elects to redeem
fewer than all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to a Partial Redemption, Holders of the Notes that are not Called Notes will not be entitled to exchange such Notes on account of the Notice of Provisional Redemption and will not be entitled to an
increased Exchange Rate on account of the Notice of Provisional Redemption, even if such Notes are otherwise exchangeable pursuant to any provision of Section 7.01 and are exchanged during the related Redemption Period. 

(b)    Determination of Additional Shares. The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the
Exchange Rate will be increased will be determined by reference to the table below, based on the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date or the Redemption Notice Date, and the price (the “Ordinary Share Price”) paid (or deemed
paid) per ordinary share in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or on the Redemption Notice Date, as described below. If the holders of Ordinary Shares receive only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition
of Fundamental Change, the Ordinary Share Price shall be the cash amount paid per Ordinary Share. Otherwise, the Ordinary Share Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares over the five Trading Day period
ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date or the Redemption Notice Date. In the event that an exchange during a Redemption Period would also be deemed to be in connection with a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of the Notes to be exchanged will be entitled to a single increase to the Exchange Rate with respect to the first to occur of the applicable date of the Redemption Notice Date or the Make-Whole Fundamental
Change Effective Date, and the later event will be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 7.06. 

(c)    Adjustment of Ordinary Share Prices and Additional Shares. The Ordinary Share Prices set
forth in the column headings of the table below will be adjusted as of any date on which the Exchange Rate of the Notes is otherwise required to be adjusted pursuant to Section 7.05 hereof. The adjusted Ordinary Share Prices in the table below
will equal the Ordinary Share Prices in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Exchange Rate in effect immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the adjustment to the Ordinary
Share Price and the denominator of which is the Exchange Rate in effect immediately after such adjustment. The numbers of Additional Shares set forth in the table below will be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Exchange Rate
must be adjusted as set forth in Section 7.05 hereof. 

  
 82 

 (d)    Additional Shares Table. The following
table sets forth the hypothetical Ordinary Share price and the number of Additional Shares to be received per $1,000 principal amount of Notes: 
  

																																																													
	 	 	Ordinary Share Price	 
	 Make-Whole

Fundamental
 Change

Effective Date /
 Date of

Redemption

Notice               
         
	 	$111.29	 	 	$125.00	 	 	$140.00	 	 	$155.81	 	 	$175.00	 	 	$202.55	 	 	$230.00	 	 	$260.00	 	 	$300.00	 	 	$350.00	 	 	$400.00	 	 	$450.00	 	 	$500.00	 	 	$600.00	 	 	$700.00	 
	 June 11, 2020
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	2.0956	 	 	 	1.6736	 	 	 	1.3442	 	 	 	1.0514	 	 	 	0.7626	 	 	 	0.5703	 	 	 	0.4260	 	 	 	0.2977	 	 	 	0.1965	 	 	 	0.1320	 	 	 	0.0887	 	 	 	0.0582	 	 	 	0.0199	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2021
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	2,0531	 	 	 	1.6176	 	 	 	1.2812	 	 	 	0.9859	 	 	 	0.7000	 	 	 	0.5137	 	 	 	0.3769	 	 	 	0.2583	 	 	 	0.1673	 	 	 	0.1109	 	 	 	0.0736	 	 	 	0.0479	 	 	 	0.0161	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2022
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	1.9916	 	 	 	1.5402	 	 	 	1.1963	 	 	 	0.8997	 	 	 	0.6196	 	 	 	0.4427	 	 	 	0.3167	 	 	 	0.2113	 	 	 	0.1335	 	 	 	0.0869	 	 	 	0.0570	 	 	 	0.0367	 	 	 	0.0123	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2023
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	1.9130	 	 	 	1.4401	 	 	 	1.0864	 	 	 	0.7891	 	 	 	0.5186	 	 	 	0.3558	 	 	 	0.2454	 	 	 	0.1577	 	 	 	0.0966	 	 	 	0.0616	 	 	 	0.0398	 	 	 	0.0253	 	 	 	0.0082	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2024
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	1.8107	 	 	 	1.3043	 	 	 	0.9364	 	 	 	0.6399	 	 	 	0.3874	 	 	 	0.2480	 	 	 	0.1615	 	 	 	0.0989	 	 	 	0.0589	 	 	 	0.0373	 	 	 	0.0240	 	 	 	0.0151	 	 	 	0.0046	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2025
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	1.6714	 	 	 	1.0984	 	 	 	0.7041	 	 	 	0.4159	 	 	 	0.2079	 	 	 	0.1157	 	 	 	0.0693	 	 	 	0.0413	 	 	 	0.0254	 	 	 	0.0167	 	 	 	0.0110	 	 	 	0.0069	 	 	 	0.0018	 	 	 	0.0000	 
	 June 15, 2026
	 	 	2.5673	 	 	 	1.5818	 	 	 	0.7246	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 	 	 	0.0000	 

 (e)    Use of Additional Shares Table. The exact Ordinary Share
Price, Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date or Redemption Notice Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case: 

(i)    if the Ordinary Share Price is between two Ordinary Share Prices in the table or the Make-Whole
Fundamental Change Effective Date or Redemption Notice Date is between two Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Dates or two Redemption Notice Dates, as applicable, in the table, the number of Additional Shares will be determined by a
straight-line interpolation between the numbers of Additional Shares set forth in the table for the higher and lower Ordinary Share Prices and the earlier and later Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Dates or Redemption Notice Dates, as
applicable, based on a 365-day year; 
 (ii)    if the Ordinary
Share Price is greater than $700.00 per Ordinary Share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Ordinary Share Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above) no Additional Shares will be added to the Exchange Rate; and 

(iii)    if the Ordinary Share Price is less than $111.29 per Ordinary Share (subject to adjustment in the
same manner as the Ordinary Share Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above) no Additional Shares will be added to the Exchange Rate. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Exchange Rate, as increased pursuant to this Section 7.06 by the number of Additional
Shares, exceed 8.9855 Ordinary Shares per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the Exchange Rate is required to be adjusted as set forth in Section 7.05 hereof. 

  
 83 

 (f)    Settlement of Exchanges “In Connection
With” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or during a Redemption Period. If a Holder exchanges a Note “in connection with” a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, or if a Holder exchanges a Note called for redemption (or deemed called for
redemption pursuant to Section 7.01(d) hereof) during the related Redemption Period, the Issuer shall settle the exchange in accordance with Section 7.03 hereof (after giving effect to any increase in the Exchange Rate required by this
Section 7.06); provided, however, that if the consideration for the Ordinary Shares in any Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any exchange
of Notes following the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date, the Exchange Obligation will be calculated based solely on the Ordinary Share Price for the transaction and will be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of
exchanged Notes equal to the applicable Exchange Rate (including any adjustment as described in this Section 7.06), multiplied by such Ordinary Share Price. In such event, the Exchange Obligation will be determined and paid to Holders in cash
on the second Business Day following the Exchange Date. The Issuer shall notify Holders and the Trustee in writing of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date and issue a press release announcing such Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective
Date no later than five Business Days after such Make-Whole Fundamental Change Effective Date. 

Section 7.07    Effect of Recapitalization, Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. 

(a)    In General. In the case of: 

(i)    any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Ordinary Shares (other than (x) changes
resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of the Ordinary Shares, (y) change in par value or (z) share subdivisions and share consolidations that do not involve the issuance of any other series or class of securities); 

(ii)    any consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement or offer or combination involving the Guarantor;

 (iii)    any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of the consolidated assets of the
Guarantor and its Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety; or 
 (iv)    any statutory share exchange;

 and, in each case, as a result of such event, the Ordinary Shares would be exchanged into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities,
other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (each such event, a “Merger Event”), then at and after the effective time of such Merger Event, the right to exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes based
on a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the applicable Exchange Rate will be changed into a right to exchange such principal amount of Notes based on the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including
cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of Ordinary Shares equal to the 

  
 84 

 
Exchange Rate immediately prior to such Merger Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (without giving effect to any dissenters’ rights) (the “Reference
Property,” and the amount and kind of Reference Property that a holder of one Ordinary Share would have received in such Merger Event, a “Unit of Reference Property”) in such Merger Event; provided, however,
that at and after the effective time of the Merger Event, (i) the Issuer or the successor or the acquiring company, as the case may be, shall continue to have the right to determine the form of consideration to be paid or delivered, as the case
may be, upon exchange of the Notes, as set forth under Section 7.03, and (ii)(x) any amount payable in cash upon exchange of the notes as set forth under Section 7.03 will continue to be payable in cash, (y) any Ordinary Shares that
the Issuer would have been required to cause to be delivered upon exchange of the Notes as set forth under Section 7.03 will instead be deliverable in Units of Reference Property and (z) the Daily VWAP will be calculated based on the value
of a Unit of Reference Property. 
 If the Merger Event causes the Ordinary Shares to be exchanged into, or exchanged for,
the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of shareholder election), the composition of a Unit of Reference Property will be deemed to be (i) the weighted average per Ordinary Share of
the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Ordinary Shares that affirmatively make such an election or (ii) if no shareholders affirmatively make such election, the types and amounts of consideration actually received by
shareholders. If the shareholders receive only cash in such Merger Event, then for all exchanges that occur after the effective date of such Merger Event (i) the Exchange Consideration of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be solely
cash in an amount equal to the exchange rate in effect on the Exchange Date (as may be increased as described under Section 7.06), multiplied by the price paid per Ordinary Share in such Merger Event and (ii) the Issuer shall satisfy its
Exchange Obligation by paying cash to exchanging Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the Exchange Date. The Issuer will notify Holders and the Trustee in writing of the weighted average, if applicable, as soon as practicable
after such determination is made. 
 (b)    In connection with such Merger Event, the Issuer, the
Guarantor or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee, without the consent of the Holders, a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 14.01(g) providing for such change in the right to
exchange each $1,000 principal amount of Notes. If, for any Merger Event, the Reference Property includes ordinary shares or other shares of common equity, the supplemental indenture shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that are as
nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments described under this Article 7. If, for any Merger Event, the Reference Property includes ordinary shares or shares of common equity, securities or other property or assets (other than cash and/or
cash equivalents) of a Person other than the Guarantor, the Issuer or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Merger Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person, if an Affiliate of
the Guarantor, and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders, including the right of holders to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes upon a Fundamental Change, as the Issuer reasonably considers necessary
by reason of the foregoing. 

  
 85 

 (c)    If the Issuer, the Guarantor or any successor or
purchasing Person or other Person executes a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 7.07(b) hereof, then the Issuer or such successor or purchasing Person or other Person, as applicable, shall promptly file with the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefore, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or assets that will comprise a Unit of Reference Property after the applicable Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect
thereto and that all relevant conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. If, at the time such a supplemental indenture is executed, the Issuer cannot calculate the composition of a Unit of
Reference Property because it is subject to a shareholder election, the Issuer may deliver notice of the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or assets that will comprise a Unit of Reference Property after the Merger Event as promptly as
practicable after it is able to make such calculation. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture. 

(d)    Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall become a party to any Merger Event unless its terms are
consistent with the foregoing. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a Holder to exchange its Notes into cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination of cash and Ordinary Shares, as applicable, as set forth in Sections 7.01, 7.02 and
7.03 prior to the effective date of such Merger Event. 
 (e)    The above provisions of this
Section 7.07 shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events. 
 (f)    Upon the consummation of
any Merger Event, references to “Ordinary Shares” shall be deemed to refer to any Reference Property that constitutes share capital after giving effect to such Merger Event. 

Section 7.08    No Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and the Exchange Agent will not have any duty or
responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist that require an adjustment of the Exchange Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed in
making the same. Neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent will be responsible for any failure of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, to deliver any amount of cash and/or number of Ordinary Shares, as applicable, upon the surrender of any
Notes for the purpose of exchange or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Issuer contained in this Article 7. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor the Exchange Agent will be
under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof, including with respect to the calculation of the amount of cash, the number of Units
of Reference Property or the combination of cash and Units of Reference Property receivable by Holders upon the exchange of their Notes after any Merger Event, and each, subject to the provisions of Article 11 in the case of the Trustee, may accept
as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and will be protected in relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, will be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the
execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. 

  
 86 

 ARTICLE 8 

PURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE 

Section 8.01    Fundamental Change Permits Holders to Require the Issuer to Repurchase the Notes. 

(a)    General. If a Fundamental Change (other than an Exempted Fundamental Change) occurs at any
time prior to the Maturity Date, then each Holder will have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Issuer to repurchase for cash, at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, (i) all of such Holder’s Notes or (ii) any
portion of such Holder’s Notes, which must be a principal amount such that the principal amount of the Notes not so repurchased equals $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b)    Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. The “Fundamental Change Repurchase
Price” means, for any Notes to be repurchased on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, such Fundamental
Change Repurchase Date; provided, however, that if a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date occurs after a Regular Record Date, but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date corresponding to such Regular Record Date, the Issuer will instead pay
the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest to the Holder of record on such Regular Record Date and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price will be equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased. Any notes repurchased by the
Issuer in connection with a Fundamental Change will be paid for in cash. 
 (c)    Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date. The “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” means, for any Fundamental Change, the date specified by the Issuer in the Fundamental Change Notice for such Fundamental Change, which date will be not less than 20 or
more than 35 Business Days, following the Fundamental Change Notice Date for such Fundamental Change. 

Section 8.02    Fundamental Change Notice. 

(a)    General. On or before the 20th calendar day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the
Issuer will deliver to each Holder, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) a notice of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the resulting repurchase right (the “Fundamental Change Notice,” and the
date of such delivery, the “Fundamental Change Notice Date”). 
 For any Fundamental Change, the Fundamental Change Notice
shall state: 
 (i)    the events causing such Fundamental Change and whether such transaction is also a
Make-Whole Fundamental Change; 
 (ii)    the effective date of such Fundamental Change; 

  
 87 

 (iii)    the last date on which a Holder may exercise
its right to require the Issuer to repurchase its Notes as a result of such Fundamental Change under this Article 8; 

(iv)    the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes for such
Fundamental Change; 
 (v)    the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for such Fundamental Change; 

(vi)    the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Exchange Agent; 

(vii)    if applicable, the applicable Exchange Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Exchange Rate;

 (viii)    if applicable, that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
has been delivered by a Holder may be exchanged only if such Holder withdraws such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or to the extent that a portion of such Notes is not subject to such Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice; and 
 (ix)    the procedures that a Holder must follow to require the Issuer
to repurchase a Note. 
 Simultaneously with delivering any Fundamental Change Notice, the Issuer will publish a notice
containing this information on the Guarantor’s website or through such other public medium as we may use at that time. 

(b)    Failure or Defect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Indenture, neither the failure of the Issuer to deliver a Fundamental Change Notice nor a defect in a Fundamental Change Notice delivered by the Issuer will limit the repurchase rights of any Holder under this Article 8 or impair or otherwise affect
the validity of any proceedings relating to the repurchase of any Note pursuant to this Article 8. 

(c)    Certain Merger Events. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this
Indenture, the Issuer will not be required to deliver a Fundamental Change Notice, nor to offer to repurchase, or repurchase, any Notes in connection with a Fundamental Change occurring pursuant to clause (2)(A) or (B) of the definition thereof
(or pursuant to clause (1) that also constitutes a Fundamental Change occurring pursuant to clause (2)(A) or (B) of the definition thereof), if (i) such Fundamental Change constitutes a Merger Event whose Reference Property consists
entirely of cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) immediately after such Fundamental Change, the Notes become exchangeable (pursuant to Section 7.07 and, if applicable, Section 7.06) into consideration that consists solely of U.S. dollars in an
amount per $1,000 principal amount of Notes that equals or exceeds the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (calculated assuming that the same includes the 

  
 88 

 
maximum amount of accrued but unpaid interest payable as part of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for such Fundamental Change); and (iii) the Issuer timely sends the notice relating
to such Fundamental Change required pursuant to Section 7.01(c)(ii). Any Fundamental Change with respect to which, in accordance with the provisions is described in this Section 8.02(c), the Issuer is not required to offer to repurchase
any Notes is referred to as herein as an “Exempted Fundamental Change.” 

Section 8.03    Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 

(a)    General. To exercise its repurchase rights under Section 8.01(a) hereof with respect to
any Fundamental Change, a Holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, on or before the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date: 

(i)    a duly completed “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” in the form of Attachment
2 of the Notes that such Holder is tendering for repurchase (a “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”); and 

(ii)    the Notes that such Holder is tendering for repurchase, (A) by book-entry transfer if such
Notes are Global Notes, or (B) by physical delivery, if such Notes are Physical Notes, in each case, together with any endorsements or other documents reasonably requested by the Paying Agent. 

(b)    Contents of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice
for any Note must state: 
 (i)    if such Note is to be repurchased in part, the portion of the
principal amount of such Note to be repurchased, which must be a principal amount such that the principal amount of the Notes not so repurchased equals $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(ii)    that such Note will be repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Article 8; and 
 (iii)    if such Note to be repurchased is a Physical Note, the certificate number of
such Note. 
 If the Notes to be repurchased are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Notice for such Notes must comply with the Applicable
Procedures. 
 (c)    Notices to Issuer. If any Holder validly delivers to the Paying Agent a
Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to any Note or any portion of a Note, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer) will promptly deliver to the Issuer a copy of such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 

(d)    Effect of Improper Notice. Unless and until the Paying Agent receives a validly endorsed and
delivered Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect to a Note, together with such Note, in a form that conforms with the description contained in such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, the Holder submitting the Notes will not be entitled
to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for such Note. 

  
 89 

 Section 8.04    Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice. 
 (a)    General. If a Holder delivers a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with
respect to any Note, such Holder may withdraw such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (in whole or in part) by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal prior to the Close of Business on the second Scheduled Trading Day
immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Any such withdrawal notice must state: 

(i)    the principal amount of the Notes to be withdrawn, which must be such that the principal amount not
to be repurchased equals $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof; 
 (ii)    the
principal amount of the Notes, if any, that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice; and 

(iii)    if the Notes with respect to which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pertained were
Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be withdrawn and the Notes that will remain subject to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, if any. 

If the Notes to be withdrawn are Global Notes, a Holder must deliver its notice of withdrawal in compliance with the Applicable Procedures.

 (b)    Return of Note. Upon receipt of a validly delivered withdrawal notice, the Paying Agent
will promptly (i) if such notice pertains to a Physical Note or a portion of a Physical Note, return such Note or portion of a Note to such Holder, in the amount specified in such withdrawal notice; and, (ii) if such notice pertains to a
beneficial interest in a Global Note, in compliance with the Applicable Procedures, deem to be cancelled any instructions for book-entry transfer of such beneficial interest, in the amount specified in such withdrawal notice. 

(c)    Notice to Issuer. If any Holder validly delivers to the Paying Agent a notice of withdrawal
with respect to a Note or any portion of a Note, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer) will promptly deliver to the Issuer a copy of such notice of withdrawal. 

Section 8.05    Effect of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 

(a)    General. If a Holder validly delivers to the Paying Agent a Fundamental Change Repurchase
Notice with respect to any Note or any portion of any Note, such Holder may no longer exchange such Note or portion of a Note, as the case may be, unless and until such Holder validly withdraws such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. 

  
 90 

 (b)    Timing of Payment. Upon the Paying
Agent’s receipt of (i) a valid Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and (ii) the Notes to which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice pertains, the Holder of the Notes to which such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, as
applicable, pertains will be entitled, except to the extent such Holder has validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes on the later of (i) the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and (ii)(A) if such Notes are Physical Notes, the date of delivery of such Notes to the Paying Agent, or (B) if such Notes are Global Notes, the date of book-entry transfer of such Notes to the Paying Agent,
or, if such later date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately following such later date. 

(c)    Effect of Deposit. If, by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change
Repurchase Date for any Fundamental Change, the Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for every Note subject to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, validly delivered in accordance with
Section 8.03 hereof and not validly withdrawn in accordance with Section 8.04 hereof, then, at the Close of Business on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date: 

(i)    the Notes tendered for repurchase and not withdrawn will cease to be outstanding and interest will
cease to accrue on such Notes (whether or not book-entry transfer of such Notes is made or whether or not such Notes are delivered to the Paying Agent); and 

(ii)    all other rights of the Holders with respect to the Notes tendered for repurchase and not withdrawn
will terminate (other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, as applicable, and previously accrued and unpaid interest, upon delivery or transfer of the Notes). 

Section 8.06    Notes Repurchased in Whole or in Part. If any Physical Note is to be repurchased only in part,
the Holder must surrender such Note at the office of the Paying Agent (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder of such Note or such Holder’s attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing), whereupon the Issuer will execute, in accordance with Section 3.03, and the
Trustee will authenticate, in accordance with Section 3.03, and deliver to the surrendering Holder, without a service charge, a new Note or Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations requested by such Holder in aggregate principal
amount equal to the portion of the principal amount of the Note so surrendered which is not repurchased. If any Global Note is repurchased in part, the Issuer will instruct the Registrar, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to decrease the
principal amount of such Global Note by the principal amount repurchased. Any Notes that are repurchased or owned by the Issuer, whether or not in connection with a Fundamental Change will be submitted to the Trustee for cancellation and will be
duly retired by the Issuer. 
 Section 8.07    Covenant to Comply with Securities Laws upon Repurchase of
Notes. In connection with any repurchase offer pursuant to a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice under this Article 8, the Issuer will, if required, (i) comply with Rule 13e-4 and any other tender

  
 91 

 
offer rules under the Exchange Act that may be applicable at the time of the offer to repurchase the Notes, (ii) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or
any other required schedule under the Exchange Act, and (iii) otherwise comply with any applicable United States federal and state securities laws applicable to it in connection with such repurchase offer. 

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations enacted or adopted after the date of this Indenture conflict with the
provisions of this Indenture relating to the Issuer’s obligations to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
 Section 8.08    Deposit
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. By 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of either of
them is acting as the Paying Agent, will segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 11.06) an amount of immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of all the Notes or portions thereof that the
Issuer is required to repurchase on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. 
 Section 8.09    Covenant Not to
Repurchase Notes upon Certain Events of Default. 
 (a)    General. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Article 8, no Notes may be repurchased at the option of Holders upon a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date
(except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a default by the Issuer that would be cured by the Issuer’s payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, as applicable, with respect to such Notes). 

(b)    Deemed Withdrawals. If, on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, (i) a Fundamental
Change Repurchase Notice for a Note has been validly tendered in accordance with Section 8.03 hereof and has not been validly withdrawn in accordance with Section 8.03 hereof, and (ii) pursuant to this Section 8.09, the Issuer is
not permitted to purchase Notes, the Paying Agent will deem such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice withdrawn. 

(c)    Return of Notes. If a Holder tenders a Note for purchase pursuant to this Article 8 and, on
the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, pursuant to this Section 8.09, the Issuer is not permitted to purchase such Note, the Paying Agent will (i) if such Note is a Physical Note, return such Note to such Holder, and (ii) if such
Note is held in book-entry form, in compliance with the Applicable Procedures, deem to be cancelled any instructions for book-entry transfer of such Note. 

Section 8.10    Repurchase by Third Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 8, the
Issuer will not be required to make an offer to repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change if a third party makes the offer in the manner, at the times, and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Article 8 applicable to
an offer by the Issuer to 

  
 92 

 
repurchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change and such third party purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn upon such offer in the manner and otherwise in compliance with such
requirements. 
 ARTICLE 9 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES 

Section 9.01    Events of Default. 

(a)    General. Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to the
Notes: 
 (i)    the Issuer shall fail to pay or cause to be paid an installment of interest, if any, on
any of the Notes, which failure continues for 30 days after the date when due; 
 (ii)    the Issuer
shall fail to pay or cause to be paid the principal of any Note (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) when the same becomes due and payable at its stated maturity, upon redemption, upon required
repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise; 
 (iii)    the Issuer or the Guarantor, as
applicable, shall fail to pay or deliver when due any part of the Exchange Obligation with respect to any Note in accordance with Article 7 hereof and such failure continues for five Business Days; 

(iv)    the Issuer shall fail to comply with its notice obligations under Article 8, Section 7.01(c)
or Section 7.06 of this Indenture, and such failure continues for one Business Day; 
 (v)    the
Issuer or the Guarantor shall fail to comply with its respective obligations under Article 10 of this Indenture; 

(vi)    the Issuer shall fail to perform or observe (or obtain a waiver with respect to) any term, covenant
or agreement contained in the Notes or this Indenture and not otherwise explicitly provided for in this Section 9.01(a) for a period of 60 days after receipt by the Issuer of notice of such failure from the Trustee or by the Issuer and the
Trustee from the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes; 

(vii)    the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s other Subsidiaries that are Significant
Subsidiaries shall be in default with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $100,000,000 (or its
foreign currency equivalent at the time) in the aggregate of the Issuer, the Guarantor and/or any of its other Significant Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding, whether such indebtedness 

  
 93 

 
exists as of the date hereof or shall thereafter be created (x) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date or
(y) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable (after the expiration of all applicable grace periods) at its stated maturity, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of
acceleration or otherwise, and, in the cases of clauses (x) and (y), such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay shall have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness is not paid or discharged, as the case
may be, within 60 calendar days after written notice has been received by the Issuer, the Guarantor or such other Subsidiary from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 

(viii)    the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of the Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Significant
Subsidiaries, pursuant to or within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A)    commences as a debtor a
voluntary case or proceeding to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (B)    consents to the entry of
an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement of any case against it; 

(C)    consents to the appointment of a receiver or examiner of it or for all or substantially all of its
property; 
 (D)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 

(E)    files a petition in bankruptcy or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; 

(F)    consents to the filing of such a petition or the appointment of an examiner or the appointment or
taking possession by a receiver; or 
 (G)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (1)    grants relief against the Issuer, the Guarantor or any
of their respective subsidiaries in an involuntary case or proceeding or adjudicates the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries insolvent or bankrupt; 

(2)    appoints a receiver or an examiner of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their respective
Subsidiaries for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries; or 

  
 94 

 (3)    orders the winding up or liquidation of the
Issuer, the Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries; 
 and, in each case, the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for
90 consecutive days; or 
 (ix)    The Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as
contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or the Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or the Guarantee. 

Section 9.02    Acceleration. 

(a)    Acceleration. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of
Default specified in Section 9.01(a)(viii) hereof with respect to the Issuer or the Guarantor), the Trustee by notice to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes by written notice to the
Issuer and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare 100% of the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the outstanding Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default specified
in Sections 9.01(a)(viii) hereof occurs with respect to the Issuer or the Guarantor, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the then outstanding Notes will immediately become due and payable without any further action or
notice by any party. Upon such a declaration of acceleration, such principal and accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable immediately. 

(b)    Rescission of Events of Default and/or Acceleration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Indenture, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes may waive all past Defaults and Events of Default (except with respect to nonpayment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and
Redemption Price) or interest or with respect to the Issuer’s failure to deliver the Exchange Obligation as required under Article 7 hereof) and rescind and annul any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences hereunder by
delivering notice to the Trustee if (i) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (including the
Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable) and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (iii) all payments due under this Indenture to the
Trustee have been made. 
 Section 9.03    Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal of, accrued and unpaid interest on, the Redemption Price for or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision
of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or produce any of the
Notes in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in 

  
 95 

 
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of
any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture. 

Section 9.04    Sole Remedy for Failure to Report. 

(a)    General. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Notes or in this Indenture, to the
extent the Issuer elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to (i) the Issuer’s failure to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act any documents or reports that the Guarantor is
required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (to the extent such section of the Trust Indenture Act is applicable to this Indenture) or (ii) the Guarantor’s failure to comply with its
reporting obligations as set forth under Section 4.07 (any such Event of Default, a “Reporting Default”), will, for the first 360 days after the occurrence of such Reporting Default, consist exclusively of the right to receive
Additional Interest at a rate equal to (x) 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of then outstanding Notes for each day during the first 180 days after the occurrence of such Reporting Default during which such Reporting Default is continuing and
(y) 0.50% per annum on the principal amount of then outstanding Notes from the 181st day until the 360th day following the occurrence of such Reporting Default during which Reporting Default is continuing. 

(b)    Issuer Election. In order to elect to pay the Additional Interest as the sole remedy during
the first 360 days after the occurrence of a Reporting Default in accordance with Section 9.04(a) hereof, the Issuer must notify all Holders, the Trustee and the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) in writing of such election prior to the
beginning of such 360-day period. Any Additional Interest payable pursuant to this Section 9.04 will be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date following accrual in the same manner as ordinary
interest is payable and will be separate and distinct from, and in addition to, any Additional Interest that may accrue pursuant to Section 4.06. 

(c)    Limitation on Remedy. 

(i)    On the 361st day after the occurrence of such Reporting Default (if such Reporting Default is not
cured or waived prior to such 361st day), the Notes will immediately be subject to acceleration in accordance with Section 9.02 hereof. 

(ii)    In addition, if a Reporting Default occurs and the Issuer fails to timely elect to pay Additional
Interest pursuant to Section 9.04(b) hereof (or the Issuer elects to pays such Additional Interest but does not pay the Additional Interest when due), the Notes will immediately be subject to acceleration pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof on
account of such Reporting Default. 
 (iii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the
Issuer elects to pay the Additional Interest with respect to any Reporting Default, the Issuer’s election will not affect the rights of any Holder with respect to any other Event of Default. 

  
 96 

 (iv)    In no event shall Additional Interest payable
pursuant to this Section 9.04 accrue, together with any Additional Interest payable pursuant to Section 4.06, at a rate per year in excess of 0.50% per annum, regardless of the number of events or circumstances giving rise to requirements
to pay such Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 9.04 or Section 4.06. With regard to any Event of Default relating to the Issuer’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth under Section 4.07, no Additional
Interest shall accrue after such Event of Default has been cured. 
 Section 9.05    [Reserved]. 

Section 9.06    Control By Majority. At any time, the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or for exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to the Trustee’s duties under Article 11 and the Trust Indenture Act, that the Trustee determines to be unduly prejudicial to the rights of a Holder or to the Trustee, or that
would potentially involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is offered indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense to the Trustee that may result from the Trustee’s instituting such
proceeding as the Trustee. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

Section 9.07    Limitation on Suits. Subject to Article 10 hereof, if an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to
it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal (including the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), Additional Amounts or interest when due,
or the right to receive payment or delivery of the Exchange Consideration, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(a)    such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing; 
 (b)    Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes deliver to the Trustee a written request that the Trustee pursue a remedy with respect to such Event of Default; 

(c)    such Holder or Holders have offered and, if requested, provided to the Trustee security or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or other expense of compliance with such written request; 

  
 97 

 (d)    the Trustee has not complied with such written
request within 60 days after receipt of such written request and offer of security or indemnity; and 

(e)    during such 60-day period, the Holders of a majority of the
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes did not deliver to the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of any other Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over any other Holder,
it being understood that the Trustee does not have any affirmative duty to ascertain whether any usage of this Indenture by a Holder is unduly prejudicial to such other Holders. 

Section 9.08    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment and to Exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
elsewhere in this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal of, Redemption Price for, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, Additional Amounts with respect to, and accrued and unpaid interest on, its Notes, on or
after the respective due date, and to exchange its Notes and receive the Exchange Obligation due with respect to such Notes in accordance with Article 7 hereof, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment or exchange rights, will not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder and will not be subject to the requirements of Section 9.07 hereof. 

Section 9.09    Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 9.01(a)(i),
9.01(a)(ii) or 9.01(a)(iii) hereof occurs and is continuing or an acceleration pursuant to Section 9.02 occurs and has not been waived or rescinded, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of principal of, interest on, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for, Redemption Price for, Additional Amounts with respect to, and Exchange Obligation with respect to, the Notes, as the case may be,
and to the extent lawful, any default interest on such principal, interest, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Redemption Price and Additional Amounts, and such further amount as is sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, as well as any other amounts that may be due under Section 11.07. 

Section 9.10    Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under
this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in
its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit
of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 
 Section 9.11    Trustee May File Proofs
of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or the
Guarantor, their respective creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, will be entitled to collect, receive and distribute any money or other 

  
 98 

 
property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and, in the event
that the Trustee consents to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 11.07
out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a lien on, and is paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or to accept or to adopt on
behalf of any Holder, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 9.12    Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding
to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination
in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 9.13    Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise
provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 3.08, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other
right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

Section 9.14    Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article 9 or by law to the
Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee (subject to the limitations contained in this Indenture) or by the Holders, as the case may be. 

  
 99 

 Section 9.15    Priorities. If the Trustee collects any
money pursuant to this Article 9, it will pay out the money in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for
amounts due under this Indenture, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 

SECOND: to the Holders, for any amounts due and unpaid on the principal of, Redemption Price for, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price for,
Additional Amounts with respect to, accrued and unpaid interest on, and cash portion of the Exchange Obligation with respect to, any Note, without preference or priority of any kind, according to such amounts due and payable on all of the Notes; and

 THIRD: the balance, if any, to the Issuer or to such other party as a court of competent jurisdiction directs. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section 9.15. If the Trustee so fixes
a record date and a payment date, at least 15 days prior to such record date, the Issuer will deliver to each Holder and the Trustee a written notice, which notice will state such record date, such payment date and the amount of such payment. 

Section 9.16    Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of a Note, by such
Holder’s acceptance thereof, shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 9.16 shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of
the payment of the principal of, the Redemption Price, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to, Additional Amounts with respect to, or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Note on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such
Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to exchange any Note in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 hereof. 
 ARTICLE
10 
 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, AMALGAMATION OR SALE OF ASSETS AND TAX RESIDENCE 

Section 10.01    Issuer and Guarantor May Consolidate on Certain Terms. Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor
shall consolidate with or merge or amalgamate into any Person or enter into a scheme of arrangement (unless the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, is the surviving person) or sell, lease or otherwise transfer their respective consolidated
properties and assets, substantially as an entirety, to another Person (other than for the Guarantor to sell, lease or 

  
 100 

 
otherwise transfer such assets or properties to one or more of its direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries), unless: 

(a)    the Person (if other than the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable) formed by such consolidation
or into which the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, is merged, amalgamated or of which the Issuer or the Guarantor becomes a subsidiary pursuant to a scheme of arrangement or the Person which acquires by sale, lease or other transfer of the
consolidated properties and assets of the Issuer or the Guarantor, substantially as an entirety, shall (x) be a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other business entity organized and existing under the laws of the
United States of America, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, Ireland (meaning Ireland exclusive of Northern Ireland) or Bermuda; provided, however that in the case of the Guarantor, such person is treated as a corporation for
U.S. federal income tax purposes and (y) such Person (if other than the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable) expressly assumes, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
the obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, under the Notes and this Indenture (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the obligations under Section 4.10); and 

(b)    after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. 
 Section 10.02    Successor to Be Substituted. Upon any such consolidation, merger,
amalgamation or transfer, the resulting, surviving, transferee or successor Person (if not the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be) shall succeed to, and may exercise every right and power of the Issuer or the Guarantor’s under, this
Indenture, and the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be discharged from the obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except in the case of any such lease. 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, sale, lease or other transfer, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in
substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 
 Section 10.03    Change of
Tax Residence. None of the Issuer, the Guarantor or any successor thereof shall be a tax resident of a tax jurisdiction other than the United States, Ireland or Bermuda unless being a tax resident of such jurisdiction will not provide the Issuer
a right to redeem the Notes under Section 5.01 either under the laws in force at that time such Person became a tax resident or successor thereto or laws announced at that time; provided that, the Issuer will continue to have the benefit
of Section 5.01 after such change of jurisdiction in compliance with the above provisions. The Issuer has filed an election to be classified for U.S. federal tax purposes as a disregarded entity, and will remain so for so long as any of the
Notes are outstanding. 
 ARTICLE 11 

THE TRUSTEE 

Section 11.01    Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. 

(a)    The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of
Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such 

  
 101 

 
duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his/her own affairs. 

(b)    No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(i)    prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of
Default which may have occurred: 
 (A)    the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined
solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (B)    in the absence of bad
faith and willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to
determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein); 

(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer or
Officers of the Trustee, unless the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in
good faith in accordance with the written direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 1.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture; 

(iv)    whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 11.01; 

(v)    the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount,
entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Issuer or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Registrar with respect to the Notes; and 

  
 102 

 (vi)    if any party fails to deliver a notice relating
to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred. 

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it. 
 Section 11.02    Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall give the Holders notice
of any Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has knowledge or is deemed to have notice under Section 11.03(a) within 90 days after the occurrence thereof so long as such Default is continuing; provided, that (except in the case of any
Default in the payment of principal amount of, or interest on, any of the Notes or Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, Redemption Price or a default in the delivery of the Exchange Consideration), the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such
notice if and so long as it in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of Notes. 

Section 11.03    Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01:

 (a)    the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been
signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (b)    any request, direction, order or demand of
the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee
by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or the General Counsel of the Issuer; 

(c)    the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; 

(d)    the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by
this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture (including upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default), unless such Holders shall have offered to the
Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; 

  
 103 

 (e)    the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may
make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the
Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney (at the reasonable expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation); 

(f)    the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either
directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder; 

(g)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; 

(h)    in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, consequential or
punitive loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action; 

(i)    the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust
Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and the
Indenture; 
 (j)    the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; 

(k)    the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its
powers and duties hereunder; and 
 (l)    the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver a certificate
setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 

Section 11.04    No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except
in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of
this Indenture or of the 

  
 104 

 
Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.05    Trustee, Paying Agents, Exchange Agents or Registrar May Own
Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Exchange Agent or Registrar, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Exchange Agent or
Registrar. 
 Section 11.06    Monies to be Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.04,
all monies and properties received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed in writing from time to time by the Issuer and the Trustee. 

Section 11.07    Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Issuer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee
from time to time, and the Trustee shall receive such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as
mutually agreed to from time to time in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee, and the Issuer will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances reasonably incurred or made by the Trustee
in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as
may arise from its negligence or willful misconduct. The Issuer also covenants to indemnify the Trustee (or any officer, director or employee of the Trustee), in any capacity under this Indenture and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and
to hold them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee or such officers, directors, employees and agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be,
and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust or the enforcement of this Indenture (including this Section 11.07) or in any other capacity hereunder (including, without limitation, in respect of any
payment of the Redemption Price in connection with the ability of Holders to surrender Notes for exchange during the period specified in Section 7.01(d), as the case may be, in connection with the Issuer’s election to effect a Tax
Redemption or a Provisional Redemption, as the case may be), including the costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, the Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person) of liability in the premises. The
obligations of the Issuer under this Section 11.07 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a lien prior to that of the Notes upon all property and
funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The obligation of the Issuer under this Section 11.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 When the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render
services after an Event of Default specified in Section 9.01(a)(ix) with respect to the Issuer occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws. 

  
 105 

 Section 11.08    Officer’s Certificate as Evidence.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action
hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee. 
 Section 11.09    Conflicting Interests of Trustee.
If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, this
Indenture. 
 Section 11.10    Eligibility of Trustee. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which
shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 (or if such Person is a member of a bank holding company system, its bank holding company shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000). If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section the
combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 11.10, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 

Section 11.11    Resignation or Removal of Trustee. 

(a)    The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Issuer and to
the Holders of Notes. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered
to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after the mailing of such notice of resignation to the Holders, the resigning
Trustee may, upon ten (10) Business Days’ notice to the Issuer and the Holders, appoint a successor identified in such notice or may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor trustee, or, if any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, subject to the provisions of Section 9.16, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any such
court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee. 

  
 106 

 (b)    In case at any time any of the following shall
occur: 
 (i)    the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 11.09 after written request therefor
by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least six (6) months; or 

(ii)    the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.10 and
shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Holder; or 

(iii)    the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a
receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation; 

then, in any such case, the Issuer may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by
order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 9.16, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a
Note or Notes for at least six (6) months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee; provided,
however, that if no successor Trustee shall have been appointed and have accepted appointment sixty (60) days after either the Issuer or the Holders has removed the Trustee, the Trustee so removed may petition at the Issuer’s expense
any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee. 

(c)    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may at
any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee which shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless, within ten (10) days after notice to the Issuer of such nomination, the Issuer objects thereto, in which case the Trustee
so removed or any Holder, or if such Trustee so removed or any Holder fails to act, the Issuer, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 11.11(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of
a successor trustee. 
 (d)    Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.11 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.12. 

Section 11.12    Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in
Section 11.11 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and
such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally

  
 107 

 
named as trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amount then due it pursuant to
the provisions of Section 11.07, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and
all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a lien upon all property and funds held or collected by
such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.07. 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 11.12 unless, at the time of such acceptance, such successor
trustee shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.10. 
 Upon
acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 11.12, the Issuer (or the former trustee, at the written direction of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder
to the Holders of Notes at their addresses as they shall appear on the Register. If the Issuer fails to mail such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Issuer. 
 Section 11.13    Succession by Merger, Etc. Any
corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or exchanged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, exchange or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all
or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including any trust created by this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any
of the parties hereto, provided that in the case of any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, such corporation shall be qualified under the provisions of Section 11.09 and eligible
under the provisions of Section 11.10. 
 In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or any authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes in the name of
the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force that is provided in the Notes or in this Indenture; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or
authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, exchange or consolidation. 

Section 11.14    Preferential Collection of Claims. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of
the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of the claims against the Issuer (or any such other obligor). 

  
 108 

 Section 11.15    Trustee’s Application for
Instructions from the Issuer. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the
Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall
be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three
(3) Business Days after the date any officer of the Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the
case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 

ARTICLE 12 
 HOLDERS’ LISTS
AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE 
 Section 12.01    Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The
Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee: 
 (a)    semiannually, not more than 15
days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and 

(b)    at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the
Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar; provided, however, that no such list need
be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Registrar. 
 Section 12.02    Preservation of Information;
Communications to Holders. 
 (a)    The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 12.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar. The
Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 12.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 

(b)    The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided under applicable law. 

(c)    Every Holder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither
the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to applicable law. 

  
 109 

 Section 12.03    Reports By Trustee. 

(a)    The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this
Indenture as may be required pursuant to this Indenture at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. 

(b)    To the extent required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act, a copy of each such report shall, at the
time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange or of any delisting thereof. 
 ARTICLE 13 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 13.01    Discharge of Liability on Notes. When (a)(i) the Issuer delivers to the Registrar all
outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 3.08) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, any Redemption Date,
upon exchange, redemption, declaration of acceleration or otherwise, and the Issuer irrevocably deposits with the Trustee or the Guarantor delivers to the Holders, as applicable, cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as applicable (solely
to satisfy any outstanding Exchange Obligation with respect to the Notes), sufficient to pay or deliver, as the case may be, all amounts due and owing on all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 3.08), (b) the Issuer
pays all other sums payable by it under this Indenture and (c) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that the conditions precedent therefor have been satisfied, then, this Indenture will
cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes, the Notes will cease to be of further effect and the Holders and the Trustee will acknowledge the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes and the Notes;
provided, however, that any obligation of the Issuer to the Trustee under Sections 11.06 or 11.07 shall survive after the Notes are paid in full and there are no Notes outstanding. 

Section 13.02    Deposited Moneys to Be Held in Trust. Subject to Section 13.04 hereof, all cash,
Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as applicable, deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 hereof will be held in trust for the sole benefit of the Holders, and such cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as
applicable, will be applied by the Trustee, either directly or through the Paying Agent, to the payment of the obligation for which such cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as applicable, have been deposited with the Trustee. 

Section 13.03    Paying Agent to Repay Monies Held. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all
cash and Ordinary Shares, if any, then held by the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) shall, upon written request of the Issuer, be repaid to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such monies and Ordinary Shares, if any. 
 Section 13.04    Repayment to the
Issuer. Subject to any applicable unclaimed property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, upon receiving a written request from the Issuer, will 

  
 110 

 
promptly turn over to the Issuer any cash or Ordinary Shares held for payment on the Notes that remains unclaimed two years after the date on which such payment was due. After the Trustee and the
Paying Agent return such cash and Ordinary Shares, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will have no further liability to any Holder with respect to such cash and Ordinary Shares, and any Holder entitled to the payment of such cash or Ordinary Shares
under the Notes or this Indenture must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditor of the Issuer. 

Section 13.05    Reinstatement. If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or Ordinary
Shares in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as
applicable, in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof; provided, however, that if the Issuer makes any payment of the principal of, interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or Redemption
Price for, Additional Amounts with respect to or cash portion of the Exchange Obligation with respect to, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment
from any cash, Ordinary Shares or a combination thereof, as applicable, held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 14 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 

Section 14.01    Without Consent of Holders. The Issuer, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder, including to: 
 (a)    evidence a
successor to the Issuer or the Guarantor and the assumption by that successor of the Issuer’s obligations or the Guarantor’s obligations, as applicable, under the Indenture and under the Notes; 

(b)    add to the Issuer’s covenants for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (c)    secure the Issuer’s obligations in respect of the Notes; 

(d)    evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee in accordance with
this Indenture; 
 (e)    cure any ambiguity, omission, inconsistency or correct or supplement any
defective provision contained in this Indenture that does not adversely affect the holders of the notes in any material respect; 

(f)    add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes; 

  
 111 

 (g)    provide for the exchange of the Notes into
Reference Property and effect any other changes to the terms of the Notes required under this Indenture in connection therewith; 

(h)    make any change that would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the interests of the
Holders (other than those of a Holder that has consented to such change) in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors; 

(i)    conform the provisions of this Indenture to the “Description of notes” section of the
Offering Memorandum, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to the extent that the Trustee has received an Officer’s Certificate stating that any text to be so conformed constitutes an unintended conflict with the corresponding
provision in such “Description of notes” section; 
 (j)    comply with the Applicable
Procedures; 
 (k)    increase the Exchange Rate as provided in the Indenture; 

(l)    provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee, Registrar, Paying Agent, Bid
Solicitation Agent or Exchange Agent to facilitate the administration of the trusts under this Indenture by more than one Trustee; or 

(m)    to irrevocably elect a Settlement Method or a Specified Dollar Amount, or eliminate the
Issuer’s right to elect a Settlement Method; provided, however, that no such election or elimination will affect any Settlement Method theretofore elected (or deemed to be elected) with respect to any Note pursuant to the provisions of
Article 7 
 Section 14.02    With Consent of Holders. With the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to the exceptions provided in
Section 9.02(b) hereof, any Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provisions waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes); provided, however, that, without the consent of each Holder of a then outstanding Note affected, no amendment or supplement to this Indenture or
the Notes may: 
 (a)    alter the manner of calculation or rate of accrual of interest on any Note or
change the time of payment of any installment of interest on any Note; 
 (b)    make any of the Notes
payable in money or securities other than that stated in the Note; 
 (c)    change the Maturity Date of
any Note; 
 (d)    reduce the principal amount, Fundamental Change Repurchase Price or Redemption Price
with respect to any of the Notes; 

  
 112 

 (e)    make any change that adversely affects the rights
of Holders to require the Issuer to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders upon a Fundamental Change; 

(f)    impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to any Note
or with respect to the exchange of any Note; 
 (g)    adversely affect the exchange rights of the Notes,
including by modification to any of the notice provisions; 
 (h)    change the percentage in aggregate
principal amount of then outstanding Notes necessary to modify or amend the Indenture or to waive any past Default or Event of Default; 

(i)    change the ranking of the Notes or the Guarantee; 

(j)    change the Issuer’s obligations under Section 4.10; 

(k)    reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or make any other change in
the provisions of this Section 14.02 or in the provisions relating to the waiver of particular past Events of Default or particular covenants, except to provide that any additional provisions may not be modified or waived without the consent of
the Holder of a then outstanding Note affected; or 
 (l)    release the Guarantor from, or modify or
affect in any manner adverse to the Holders the terms and conditions of, the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee. 
 It will
not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 14.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of such proposed amendment. 

Section 14.03    Notices of Supplemental Indentures. After an amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the
Notes pursuant to this Article 14 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or supplement to this Indenture. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect in such
notice, will not impair or affect the validity of such amendment or supplement to this Indenture. 

Section 14.04    Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the additional trusts
created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer
in accordance with its terms. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 113 

 ARTICLE 15 

GUARANTEE 

Section 15.01    Guarantee. By its execution hereof, the Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that it receives
substantial benefits from the Issuer and the issuance of the Notes and that the Guarantor is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits. Accordingly, subject to the
provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees as a primary principal obligation and not merely as a surety to each Holder and its successors and assigns that: (x) the principal of (including the
Redemption Price and Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), Additional Amounts with respect to, Exchange Obligation with respect to, and interest, if any, on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full and/or performed in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture when due, whether at the Maturity Date, upon declaration of acceleration, upon redemption, upon required repurchase, upon exchange or otherwise, along with any interest on overdue principal, interest, Additional Amounts and
(to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes and (y) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be duly and punctually paid in full
and/or performed in accordance with the terms of this Indenture when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the Maturity Date, upon declaration of acceleration, upon redemption, upon required
repurchase, upon exchange or otherwise, along with any interest on overdue principal, interest, Additional Amounts and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes. Furthermore, subject to the provisions of this
Article 15, the Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees to the Trustee and to each Holder and their respective successors and assigns that (z) all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes
(including fees, expenses or other) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof, subject, however, in the case of clauses (x), (y) and (z) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 15.03 hereof
(the obligations set forth in this Section 15.01 collectively, the “Guarantee Obligations”). The Guarantee constitutes a general unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor. 

Subject to the provisions of this Article 15, the Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of
the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof, the entry of any judgment against the Issuer, any
action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of the Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes: (a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or
the Issuer (each, a “Benefited Party”) to proceed against the Issuer or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to pursue any other remedy in any secured party’s
power before proceeding against the Guarantor; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons or the failure of a Benefited Party to file or enforce a claim
against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of any other Person or Persons; (c) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as expressly required by this Indenture), including but not limited to notice of the
existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Guarantor, the Issuer, 

  
 114 

 
any Benefited Party, any creditor of the Guarantor or the Issuer or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of which are hereby guaranteed;
(d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed against the Guarantor for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that
the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (f) any defense arising because of a Benefited Party’s election, in any proceeding instituted under Bankruptcy
Law, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision (including under Irish or Bermudian law); and (g) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of
the Bankruptcy Code or any similar provision (including under Irish or Bermudian law). The Guarantor hereby covenants that, except as otherwise provided therein, the Guarantee shall not be discharged except by payment in full of all Guarantee
Obligations, including the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and Redemption Price, if applicable), Additional Amounts, Exchange Obligations and interest on the Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture or
as provided in Article 11. 
 The Guarantor as principal obligor and as a separate and independent obligation and liability from its other
obligations and liabilities under this Indenture agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified each Holder and the Trustee in full and on demand in respect of the performance and discharge of the Guarantee Obligations (except where the Issuer’s
failure to perform or discharge the Guarantee Obligations results from such Holder’s failure to comply with its obligations under the Indenture or the Trustee’s negligence or willful misconduct or the Issuer contesting any payment or part
of a payment in good faith). 
 If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Issuer or the
Guarantor, or any trustee or similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or the Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or the Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, then the Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be
reinstated in full force and effect. The Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guarantee Obligations hereby until payment in full of all such obligations guaranteed
hereby. The Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 9 hereof for the purposes
hereof, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 9 hereof, such Guarantee
Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee. 

The Issuer and the Guarantor acknowledge that the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares and the delivery of Ordinary Shares, if any,
hereunder (whether upon exchange, under the terms of the Guarantee or otherwise) by the Guarantor (or by the Ordinary Share Depositary at the direction of the Guarantor) will create an equivalent debt owing from the Issuer to the Guarantor. 

  
 115 

 Section 15.02    Limitation of Guarantor’s Liability;
Certain Bankruptcy Events. 
 (a)    The Guarantor, and by its acceptance hereof each Holder, hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under this Article 15 shall
be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the Guarantor, result in the Guarantee Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. 
 (b)    The Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees, to the fullest extent that it may do so
under applicable law, that in the event of the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Issuer, the Guarantor shall not file (or join in any filing of), or otherwise seek to participate in the filing of, any motion
or request seeking to stay or to prohibit (even temporarily) execution on the Guarantee and hereby waives and agrees not to take the benefit of any such stay of execution, whether under Section 362 or 105 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

 Section 15.03    Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantor. 

(a)    For purposes of any provision of this Indenture which provides for the delivery by the Guarantor of
an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, the definitions of such terms in Section 1.01 hereof shall apply to the Guarantor as if references therein to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, were references to the
Guarantor. 
 (b)    Any request, direction, order or demand which by any provision of this Indenture is
to be made by the Guarantor shall be sufficient if evidenced as described in Section 16.02 hereof as if references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor. 

(c)    Upon any demand, request or application by the Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under
this Indenture, the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as are required in Section 16.04 hereof as if all references therein to the Issuer were references to the Guarantor. 

ARTICLE 16 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 16.01    Official Acts by Successor Corporation. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this
Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Issuer shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Person that shall at the time be
the lawful sole successor of the Issuer or Guarantor. 

  
 116 

 Section 16.02    Notices. Any notice or communication shall
be in writing (including telecopy promptly confirmed in writing) and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 

if to the Issuer: 
 Jazz
Investments I Limited 
 Clarendon House 

2 Church Street 
 Hamilton, HM 11,
Bermuda 
 Attention: Jacqueline King 

Fax: N/A 
 Email:
jacqueline.king@conyers.com 
 with copies to: 

Jazz Pharmaceuticals Public Limited Company 

Fifth Floor, Waterloo Exchange 

Waterloo Road 
 Dublin 4, Ireland

 Attention: Secretary 
 Fax:
353 - 1 - 634 – 7850 
 Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 

3170 Porter Drive 
 Palo Alto, CA
94304 USA 
 Attention: General Counsel 

Fax: (650) 496-3781 

if to Guarantor: 
 Jazz
Pharmaceuticals Public Limited Company 
 Fifth Floor, Waterloo Exchange 

Waterloo Road 
 Dublin 4, Ireland

 Attention: Secretary 
 Fax:
353 - 1 - 634 – 7850 
 with a copy to: 

Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 
 3170
Porter Drive 
 Palo Alto, CA 94304 USA 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Fax:
(650) 496-3781 

  
 117 

 if to the Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 

Global Corporate Trust Services 

Mailcode: EP-MN-WS3C 

60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul,
MN 55107-2292 
 Attention: Rick Prokosch 

Fax: (651) 466-7430 

Email: Rick.Prokosch@usbank.com 

The Issuer, the Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as
it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to
mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon facsimile
transmission of written instructions and/or directions pursuant to this Indenture given by the Issuer; provided, however, that (i) the Issuer, subsequent to such facsimile transmission of written instructions and/or directions,
shall provide the originally executed instructions and/or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner and (ii) such originally executed instructions and/or directions shall be signed by an authorized officer of the Issuer. 

Section 16.03    Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for
action by, or a meeting of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

Section 16.04    Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING
UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

Section 16.05    No Recourse against Others. Except to the extent provided otherwise herein, an incorporator,
director, officer, employee, Affiliate or shareholder of the Issuer or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 

Section 16.06    Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements by the Issuer or
Guarantor contained in this Indenture shall bind their respective successors and assigns whether so expressed or not. 

  
 118 

 Section 16.07    Multiple Originals. The parties may sign
any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. Delivery of an executed counterpart by facsimile shall be
effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart thereof. 
 Section 16.08    Benefits of Indenture.
Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this Indenture. 
 Section 16.09    Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents,
cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions
hereof. 
 Section 16.10    Severability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability. 
 Section 16.11    Calculations. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Issuer will be
responsible for making all calculations called for under this Indenture or the Notes (including, without limitation, determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Ordinary Shares, accrued interest payable on the Notes, the Trading Price of
the Notes (for purposes of determining whether the Notes are exchangeable as described herein), the Daily VWAPs, the Daily Exchange Values, the Daily Settlement Amounts, and the Exchange Rate of the Notes). The Issuer will make all such calculations
in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on Holders. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Exchange Agent, and each of the Trustee and Exchange Agent is
entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will deliver a copy of such schedule to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder. 

Section 16.12    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. 

Section 16.13    Consent to Jurisdiction. 

(a)    Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and
its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States sitting in the State and City of New York, County and Borough of Manhattan, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or
proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes, or for 

  
 119 

 
recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard
and determined in such state court sitting in the State and City of New York, County and Borough of Manhattan or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court sitting in the State and City of New York, County and Borough of Manhattan. 

(b)    Each of the Issuer and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest
extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture or the Notes in any New York State or federal court.
Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 

Section 16.14    Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to
convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than United States dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures
the Trustee could purchase United States dollars with such other currency in The City of New York on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Issuer and the Guarantor with respect to any sum due from it
to the Trustee and the Holders shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first Business Day following receipt by the Trustee or the Holders of any sum in such other currency, and
only to the extent that the Trustee may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Trustee or the
Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, to the extent permitted by law, agree as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Trustee and such Holders against such loss. If the United States
dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Trustee or the Holders, the Trustee and the Holders hereby agrees to pay to the Issuer and/or the Guarantor, as applicable, an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased
over the sum originally due to such person. 
 Section 16.15    Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee
be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the
Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 

Section 16.16    U.S.A. Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326
of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that
establishes a relationship or 

  
 120 

 
opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the
requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act. 
 Section 16.17    Electronic Signatures. All notices, approvals,
consents, requests and any communications hereunder must be in writing (provided that any communication sent to Trustee hereunder must be in the form of a document that is signed manually or by way of a digital signature provided by DocuSign (or
such other digital signature provider as specified in writing to Trustee by the authorized representative)), in English. The Issuer and the Guarantor each agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of using digital signatures and electronic
methods to submit communications to Trustee, including without limitation the risk of Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties. 

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank] 

  
 121 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first written above. 
  

					
	JAZZ INVESTMENTS I LIMITED, as Issuer
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Hugh Kiely

		 	Name:	 	Hugh Kiely
		 	Title:	 	Director

 JAZZ PHARMACEUTICALS 

PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY 
  

					
	By:	 	 _/s/ Hugh Kiely

		 	Name:	 	Hugh Kiely
		 	Title:	 	Vice President, Global Taxation, Authorised Signatory

 In the presence of: 
  

	
	 /s/ Aislinn Doody

	Witness Signature
	
	 Aislinn Doody

	Witness Name
	
	  

	Witness Address
	
	 Solicitor

	Witness Occupation

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture – Issuer and Guarantor] 

 
					
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

    as Trustee

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Richard Prokosch

		 	Name:	 	Richard Prokosch
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

  
 [Signature Page to the
Indenture – Trustee] 

 EXHIBIT A 

[FORM OF RESTRICTED STOCK LEGEND] 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER: 

 

	 	(1)	 REPRESENTS THAT IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER”
(WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT; AND 

  

	 	(2)	 AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE, EXCEPT: 

  

	 	(A)	 TO JAZZ INVESTMENTS I LIMITED (THE “ISSUER”), JAZZ PHARMACEUTICALS PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY (THE
“GUARANTOR”) OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, OR 

  

	 	(B)	 PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

  

	 	(C)	 TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

  

	 	(D)	 PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

 PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION
OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTOR AND THE DEPOSITARY FOR THE GUARANTOR’S ORDINARY SHARES RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY
REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. 

  
 A-1 

 THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE” MEANS THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF:
(X) ONE YEAR AFTER THE LAST ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S 2.000% EXCHANGEABLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2026 (THE “NOTES”) (INCLUDING THE LAST DATE OF ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THE INITIAL
PURCHASERS’ OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL NOTES) OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

  
 A-2 

 EXHIBIT B 

[FORM OF NOTICE OF TAX REDEMPTION ELECTION] 
 To:
[                    ] 
 The
undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby elects to not have this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $200,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, be subject to a Tax Redemption, and any
Notes representing any principal amount hereof not subject to such Tax Redemption, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any portion of this Note not subject to such Tax
Redemption is to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. 

The undersigned hereby certifies that it (or if it is acting for the account of one or more persons, that each such person) is not, and has
not been, during the ninety days immediately preceding the date hereof, an “affiliate” of the Issuer or of the Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended). 

 

							
	Dated:	 	         
	 		 	  

				
		 		 		 	  

		 	    	 	Signature(s)
			
	  
	 		 	
	 Signature Guarantee
	 		 	
			
	Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant
to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Ordinary Shares are to be issued, or Notes to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.	 		 	

  
 -i- 

 Table of Contents 

(continued) 
  

 Page 
  

	
	Fill in for registration of Notes to be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:
	
	  
 (Name)

 
 (Street Address)

 
 (City, State and Zip Code)

 
 Please print name and address

  

	
	 Principal amount not subject to Tax Redemption (if less than all):

 
 $             ,000

 
 NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as
written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
  

 
 Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number

  
 -ii-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00310-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00310-of-00352.parquet"}]]